Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 160

REVISION 0

JAN. 2000

QY8-1366-000

COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC. CANON BJ-W3000/3050 0100 GR 0.35-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

0100 GR 0.40-0

PREFACE

PREFACE

This Service Manual describes fundamental field service for the BJ-W3000/BJ-W3050 large format printer. This Manual is composed of the following chapters: Chapter 1 General Description: Features, specifications and operating procedures Chapter 2 Basic Operation: Operation of mechanical and electric functions Chapter 3 Mechanical System: Mechanical setup and assembling/disassembling procedure Chapter 4 Maintenance and Servicing: Periodic parts replacement, Standard service life of consumables, Periodical services, points of maintenance and inspections Chapter 5 Troubleshooting: Service mode, adjusting and settings, operation trouble correction, image trouble correction Chapter 6 Circuite diagrams Appendix Menu guide

Descriptions in this manual are based on the following conventions. 1. In the Basic Operation section, the roles of each function, relationships between electrical and mechanical systems, and the timing for each part are summarized. The mark indicates mechanical drive transmission. The mark accompanying a signal name indicates the flow of electrical signals. Flow charts are also used in the summary of operation. The symbols used in the flow charts are as follows:
Start/completion Operation Decision Remedy Jump Stop

2. In the descriptions of digital circuits, "1" or "H" indicates a high voltage level, and "0" or "L", a low voltage level. However, the actual voltage values vary depending on the circuit. 3. It is assumed that the Printed circuit board (PCB) will not be repaired by the user. Therefore, the descriptions of the circuits on the PCB are limited to block diagrams. 4. Troubleshooting is described using procedural tables. The procedural table is a variation of a general flow chart. An example is shown below. e.g. No power is supplied.
Cause Unplugged power source Step 1 Check item Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the machine and the outlet? Is the specified voltage applied to the outlet? Result NO Remedy Connect the power code to the machine and outlet.

Power source failure

NO

Explain to the customer that the trouble is not attributable to the machine. Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power PCB.

Blown fuse

Is the fuse on the DC power PCB (F1) blown?

YES

If you want to know the possible causes of any specific problem (suspected parts), refer to the "Cause" column in the table. In the event "No power is supplied" as shown in the above table, an unplugged power source, power source failure, blown fuse, and other causes can be considered.

ii

ii iii

PREFACE

PREFACE

In order to remedy a problem, check the Steps in order. Answer the first "Check item" question. If your answer matches that given in the "Result", follow the corresponding procedure in the "Remedy" column. If your answer is not the same, go on to the next step and repeat the same procedure.
<Step> <Check item> Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the machine and outlet? YES <Result> <Remedy>
I.

CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1 1. Type ............................................................. 1-1 2. Exterior ........................................................ 1-1 3. Mechanism .................................................. 1-2 4. Media ........................................................... 1-4 5. Others .......................................................... 1-6 II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7 A. External View ............................................... 1-7 B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8 C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8 D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9 E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9 III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10 A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10 B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11 C. User Mode Menu .......................................... 13 1. Menu guide ............................................. 13 2. Menu and parameter setup .................. 1-14 3. Details of user mode menus ................ 1-14 4. Using the setup list ............................... 1-25 5. Dump mode ......................................... 1-27 6. Image layout ........................................ 1-27 D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29 E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31 IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32 A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32 B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34 V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36 A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36 B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36 C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37 VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38 A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38 1. Cautions on handling the BJ print head ..................................................... 1-38 2. Cautions on handling ink tanks ............ 1-38 B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39 C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39 D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39 VII. USER MAINTENANCE .................................. 1-40 A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40 B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40 VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................ 1-41 IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42 X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43

NO

Connect in the power code to the machine and outlet.

Is the specified voltage applied to the outlet?

NO

Explain to the customer that the trouble is not attributable to the machine.

YES

Is the fuse on the DC power PCB (F1) blown?

YES

Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power PCB.

NO

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION


When checking voltages using a tester is required, it will be specified in the check item. For instance; "measure the voltage between J102-1 (+) and JI02-2 (-) on the engine controller PCB". In this case, apply the plus and minus leads of the tester to the (+) and (-) terminals indicated after the connector numbers: e.g. JI02-1 (+): Plus lead JI02-2 (-): Minus lead 5. The signal address of the circuit diagram is shown by applicable pages of each controller (indicated at the upper right of the circuit diagram) and its location. CAUTION When checking voltages with a tester, touching the components or connector terminals on the PCB with the hands may cause an electric shock. It is advisable to wear rubber gloves or the like when power is supplied to the machine to protect yourself from electric shock. iii iv
I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1 A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1 B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2 1. Parallel interface ..................................... 2-2 2. Serial interface ........................................ 2-6 C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10 E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12 1. Engine controller input/output (1/3) ...... 2-12 2. Engine controller input/output (2/3) ...... 2-13 3. Engine controller input/output (3/3) ...... 2-14 F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15 1. When the power switch is turned ON ... 2-15 2. When media is loaded ......................... 2-17 3. Printing ................................................. 2-18 II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22 B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24 1. Outline .................................................. 2-24 2. Operation ............................................. 2-24 3. Detection of front cover open/closed ... 2-25 C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26 1. Outline .................................................. 2-26 2. Structure .............................................. 2-26 3. Output signal ........................................ 2-26 4. Control ................................................. 2-27 D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28 1. Outline .................................................. 2-28 2. Paper width detection .......................... 2-28 3. Skew detection ..................................... 2-29 4. Light compensation .............................. 2-31 5. Auto band adjustment .......................... 2-31 6. Automatic print position adjustment ..... 2-32 E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34 1. Outline .................................................. 2-34 2. Method of detecting the ink tank .......... 2-34

iv v

PREFACE

PREFACE

F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35 1. Outline .................................................. 2-35 2. Method of detecting remaining ink ....... 2-36 G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38 1. Outline .................................................. 2-38 2. Cutting operation .................................. 2-38 III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39 A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39 1. Overview .............................................. 2-39 2. Structure .............................................. 2-39 3. BJ print head ........................................ 2-41 4. Nozzle arrangement ............................. 2-42 B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43 1. Construction of electric head unit ......... 2-43 2. Print signal ........................................... 2-45 IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46 B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51 1. Outline .................................................. 2-51 2. Operation ............................................. 2-51 C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52 1. Outline .................................................. 2-52 2. Wiping .................................................. 2-52

3. Maintenance jet .................................... 2-53 4. Suction ................................................. 2-54 D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56 1. Waste ink absorber unit ....................... 2-56 V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57 B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58 1. Outline .................................................. 2-58 2. Operation ............................................. 2-58 C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60 1. Outline .................................................. 2-60 2. Loading paper ...................................... 2-60 3. Paper feeding during printing ............... 2-61 4. Feeding operation ................................ 2-62 5. PE sensor ............................................ 2-62 VI. FAN ................................................................. 2-63 VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65 A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65 B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66 1. AC power supply .................................. 2-66 2. DC power supply .................................. 2-66 C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66

CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING


I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1 II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1 III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1 IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2 A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2 B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3

CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING
I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1 A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1 B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1 1. How to enter the service mode .............. 5-1 2. Stopping the service mode .................... 5-1 C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2 D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3 1. Control display mode ............................. 5-3 2. Adjusting mode ...................................... 5-5 3. Operation/inspection mode .................... 5-6 4. Counter mode ........................................ 5-7 5. Initialization mode .................................. 5-8 II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9 A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9 B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9 C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10 1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (User-settable) ..................................... 5-11 2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode) ............................ 5-11 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller .................................. 5-11 4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment .................................. 5-13 5. Changing the parallel interface communication mode ........................... 5-15 6. Image controller/engine controller upgrade procedure ............................... 5-16 III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18 A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18 B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-20 2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-22 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-23 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-24 5. 007xx (Purge system) .......................... 5-24 6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-25 7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-25 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-26 9. 015xx (Power supply related) .............. 5-26 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-26 11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-27 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) ................................................ 5-27 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system) ................................................ 5-27 14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) ................................................ 5-28 15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-29 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-29 17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-29 18. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-30 19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-30 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-30 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller) ............................................. 5-31 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller) ............................................. 5-31 23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-31 IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-32 2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-33 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-34 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-34 5. 007xx (Purge unit) ................................ 5-35 6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-36 7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-36 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-37 9. 015xx (Power supply related) .............. 5-37 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-37 11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-37 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) ................................................ 5-38 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system) ................................................ 5-38 14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) ................................................ 5-38 15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-39 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-39 17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-39 18. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-39

CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM


DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1 1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2 2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts .................................................... 3-3 PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5 I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7 A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7 1. Removing the right cover ....................... 3-7 2. Removing the upper cover and front cover .............................................. 3-7 3. Removing the lower cover ..................... 3-8 4. Removing the front cover switch ............ 3-9 B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9 1. Removing the operation panel ............... 3-9 C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10 1. Removing the cooling fan .................... 3-10 2. Removing the suction fan .................... 3-12 II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13 1. Removing the carriage unit .................. 3-13 2. Removing the carriage belt .................. 3-15 3. Installing the carriage belt .................... 3-16 4. Removing the linear scale .................... 3-17 5. Replacing the flexible cable ................. 3-18 III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21 1. Removing the purge unit ...................... 3-21 2. Removing the waste ink absorber unit ....................................................... 3-23 IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24 1. Removing the pinch roller unit ............. 3-24 2. Removing the platen ............................ 3-25 3. Installing the platen .............................. 3-26 4. Removing the paper feed roller ............ 3-27 5. Removing the PE sensor ..................... 3-27 V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28 1. Removing the carriage motor ............... 3-28 2. Removing the paper feed motor .......... 3-29 3. Installing the paper feed motor ............ 3-30 4. Fastening the paper feed roller set screws .................................................. 3-30 VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32 1. Removing the image controller ............ 3-32 2. Removing the engine controller ........... 3-33 3. Removing the PCB box ........................ 3-34 4. Removing the power switch ................. 3-35 5. Removing the DC power supply .......... 3-35

vi

vi vii

PREFACE

PREFACE

19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-39 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-39 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller) ............................................. 5-39 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller) ............................................. 5-39 23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-39 24. No power ............................................ 5-40 25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel .................................................... 5-41 26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected ......................................... 5-41 27. Wiper solenoid does not working ......... 5-41 28. Media is not fed .................................... 5-42 29. Suction fan does not rotate .................. 5-42 V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43 A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43 1. Installation environment ....................... 5-43 2. Media check ......................................... 5-43 B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44

1. Non-ejection of ink ............................... 5-44 2. Vertical misalignment 1 ........................ 5-45 3. Vertical misalignment 2 ........................ 5-46 4. Low resolution ...................................... 5-47 5. Dislocation of dots of different colors ... 5-47 6. Dot misalignment ................................. 5-48 7. Lines (Carriage direction) ..................... 5-49 8. White lines (Paper feed direction) ....... 5-50 9. Bleeding ............................................... 5-51 10. Dimensional accuracy problems .......... 5-51 11. Blotting boundary between filled images ................................................. 5-52 VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/ FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53 A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53 B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54 C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56 E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57

CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM


A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1 B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ...................................... 6-4 C. ENGIN CONTROLLER ................................... 6-16 D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33 E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41 F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42

APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1

vii viii

ix

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1
I. Specifications

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.

Type
Type: Purge system: Paper feeding method: Sheet feeder capacity: Bubble jet printer Suction with tube pump Cut sheet media; Manually set to the front. Roll media; Automatic feeding (When manually set to the rear.) Cut sheet media; 1 sheet Roll media; 1 unit (Outside dia.: 100mm or less, Media tube bore: 50.8mm (2")) Media delivery system: Max. delivery sheets: Fixing method: Cutter: Face-up delivery in front 5 sheets (Plain paper) Natural drying Automatic cutter (replaceable)

2.

Exterior
A0-size model: External dimensions (main unit only); External dimensions (including stand); Weight (Main unit only); Weight (including stand); A1-size model: 1462 x 388 x 345 mm 1462 x 700 x 1204 mm Approx. 31 kg Approx. 46 kg

I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1 II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7 A. External View ............................................... 1-7 B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8 C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8 D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9 E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9 III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10 A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10 B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11 C. User Mode Menu ....................................... 1-13 D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29 E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31 IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32 A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32 B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34

V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36 A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36 B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36 C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37 VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38 A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38 B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39 C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39 D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39 VII. USER MAINTENANCE .................................. 1-40 A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40 B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40 VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................ 1-41 IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42 X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43

External dimensions (main unit only); External dimensions (including stand); Weight (main unit only); Weight (including stand);

1182 x 388 x 345 mm 1182 x 700 x 1204 mm Approx. 26 kg Approx. 40 kg

11

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

3. Mechanism
Print mode/Resolution (No.) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
1

Cartridge construction Ink type Ink tank capacity BJ print head service life

Head/Ink tank separation type 1 row of 160 nozzles (144 nozzles used) x 4 colors Black: Pigment, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: dye Black: Approx. 23g, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: Approx. 20g A0 size: Approx. 400 sheets, A1 size: Approx. 500 sheets (continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass unidirectional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))

Mode Monochrome draft Monochrome normal

Pass *1 1 pass/Bi

Resolution 180dpi x 360dpi

Drive frequency 14.4kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz 7.2kHz

Dot size *3 M L L L S Bk:M/Color:S Bk:L/Color:S Bk:L/Color:S Bk:L/Color:S

1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi

Monochrome enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi Monochrome high enhanced 4 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi Monochrome high resolution 4 pass/Uni 720dpi x 720dpi*2 Color draft Color normal Color enhanced Color high enhanced 1 pass/Bi 360dpi x 360dpi 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 4 pass/Unil 360dpi x 360dpi

Ink consumption

A0 size: Bk; 25 sheets, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 40 sheets A1 size: Bk; 50 sheets, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 80 sheets (continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass unidirectional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))

* : Bi=bi-directional, Uni=uni-directional * 2: Equivalent * 3: S=small dot, M=middle dot, L=large dot Table 1-101 Print modes according to media type <Corresponds to the Nos. of table 1-101.> Media type Draft Plain paper Coated paper Tracing paper Matte film (1) (1) (2) (2) Monochrome Normal (2) (2) (3) (3) Enhanced High resolution (3) (3) (4) (4) (5) (5) (5) (5) Draft (6) (7) (7) (7) Color Normal (7) (8) (8) (8) Enhanced (8) (9) (9) (9) Cutter Waste-ink tank Maintenance jet A1 size Approx. 1 minute 30 seconds Approx. 7 minutes Approx. 13 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 3 minutes Approx. 8 minutes 30 seconds Capping system Paper thickness adjustment Automatic printing position adjustment Self diagnostics Skewed feed detection Head detection Head insertion error detection Emulation Kanji font Memory Interface

Parallel interface Complies with IEEE1284 (Compatible mode/Nibble mode) Connector complying with IEEE1284-B Receptacle Serial interface Complies with RS-232C (DCE) D-Sub 9-pin female connector Complies with HP-GL, HP-GL/2, and HP-RTL Kanji JIS first and second standard Standard: 8MB (can be increased to 72 MB: 72-pin 60ns FPM type SIMMs) EDO memory can be used in FPM mode. Automatic cutter (replaceable) Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Provided Not provided 13

Table 1-102 Maximum printing speed (Plain paper mode) Print mode Monochrome mode Color mode Draft mode Enhanced mode High Resolution mode Draft mode Enhanced mode A0 size Approx. 2 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 13 minutes Approx. 25 minutes Approx. 5 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 15 minutes Table 1-103 12

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Ink tank detection Remaining ink detection Waste-ink full detection Media out detection Remaining roll media detection Roll media end detection Media size detection

Provided Provided Provided Provided Not provided Provided Cut sheet media: Automatic vertical/horizontal detection Roll media: Vertical; size or data designated Horizontal; automatic detection

Printable papers Paper standard


ISO A A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 JIS B B1 B2 B3 B4 ISO B B1 B2 B3 B4 ANSI E D C B A ANSI ARCH 6 5 4 3 2 1 ISO Over A0 A1 A1L A2 A3 EURO DIN A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 KOREAN m s 841.0 594.0 420.0 297.0 210.0 728.0 515.0 364.0 257.0 707.0 500.0 353.0 250.0 863.6 558.8 431.8 279.4 215.9 914.4 762.0 609.6 457.2 304.8 228.6 910.0 627.0 627.0 460.0 340.0 881.0 634.0 460.0 337.0 250.0 1189.0 841.0 594.0 420.0 297.0 1030.0 728.0 515.0 364.0 1000.0 707.0 500.0 353.0 1117.6 863.6 558.8 431.8 279.4 1219.2 1066.8 914.4 609.6 457.2 304.8 1245.0 900.0 1250.0 645.0 465.0 1229.0 881.0 634.0 460.0 337.0 790.0 540.0 33.1 23.4 16.5 11.7 8.3 46.8 33.1 23.4 16.5 11.7 40.6 28.7 20.3 14.3 39.4 27.8 19.7 13.9 44.0 34.0 22.0 17.0 11.0 48.0 42.0 36.0 24.0 18.0 12.0 49.0 35.4 49.2 25.4 18.3 48.4 34.7 25.0 18.1 13.3 31.1 21.3 mm inch

A1 model
NG OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK NG OK OK OK NG OK OK OK NG NG NG OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK NG NG OK OK NG NG OK OK NG NG OK OK OK NG NG NG OK OK OK NG NG NG NG OK NG NG OK OK OK NG OK

A0 model
OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK NG OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK NG OK NG OK OK NG OK OK OK OK OK OK

Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal

Carriage position detection Machine internal temperature detection

Provided Provided

28.7 20.3 14.3 10.1 27.8 19.7 13.9 9.8 34.0 22.0 17.0 11.0 8.5

4. Media
Media types Paper thickness Maximum paper width Minimum paper width/length Maximum printing length Plain paper, coated paper, tracing paper, and matte film (75 ~ 100m m) 75 ~ 165m m (excluding matte film) / 64 ~ 128g/m2 A0 model: 914mm A1 model: 634mm Width; 250mm Roll media* : Length; 150mm Windows95/98 driver; 4.6m WindowsNT4.0 driver; 4.6m ADI driver; 13m HDI driver; 18m
* : Printing length of roll media varies depending on the type of application, operating system, or driver used.

Cut sheet media: 1250mm

36.0 30.0 24.0 18.0 12.0 9.0 35.8 24.7 24.7 18.1 13.4 34.7 25.0 18.1 13.3 9.8

Printing margin

Cut sheet media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm Trailing edge; 20mm Right/left edge; 5mm Roll media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm Trailing edge; 5mm Right/left edge; 5mm

540.0 390.0

21.3 15.4

Maximum printing area 14

Excludes printing margins 15

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

5. Others
Power source Frequency Power consumption Noise AC: 100 ~ 240 V (-15%, +10%) 50/60Hz Max.: 120W or less At stand-by: 22W or less Sound pressure level (Complies with ISO 9296.) When operating: Approx. 52dB (A) or less At stand-by: Approx. 20dB (A) or less Operating environment Temperature: 5 ~ 35C (Printing quality assured: 15 ~ 30C) Humidity: 10 ~ 90%RH (Printing quality assured: 20 ~ 80%RH) Atmospheric pressure: 1013 ~ 709hPa Storage environment* Temperature: 0 ~ 35C Humidity: 5 ~ 95% (RH) * : Should be free from condensation and rapid temperature variations.

II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS


A. External View
[1] [2]

[3] [8]

[7] [6]

[5] [4]

[1] Front cover [2] Carriage [3] Operation panel [4] Paper release lever

[5] Wiper (Cleaner blade) [6] Cutter unit [7] Platen [8] Pinch roller Figure 1-201

16

17

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

B. Carriage
[1] [2]

D. Rear Side of Main Unit

[6]

[6] [5] [4] [1] Ink tank [2] BJ print head release hook [3] Paper thickness adjustment lever [4] BJ Cartridge

[3]
[3] [5] [4]

[2]

[1]

[1] Roll media stopper [2] Spindle [3] Serial interface connector

[4] Parallel interface connector [5] AC inlet [6] Power switch Figure 1-204

[5] Ink tank release hook [6] Cutter unit Figure 1-202

C. Cable Connections
[1] [2]

E. Printing Direction

[5]
Car ria forw ge ard dire c

[4]

Paper feed backward direction

tion

Car ria bac ge kwa rd d ir

[3] [1] Parallel interface connector [2] Serial interface connector [3] AC inlet Figure 1-203 18 [4] Earth wire terminal [5] Power switch

ectio

Paper feed forward direction

Figure 1-205 19

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

III. OPERATION
A. Operation Panel
[1] [2] [3]

B. Printer States
Printer states and key operation are shown below.
Data received Printing After printing on roll media Online

r te Af

*1 Menu setup screen

Media setup

DATA

POWER

ing int pr on cu ts he et m ed ia
Pause

*3 Sleep

Menu setup screen

*2 Offline

ENTER

ONLINE

[7]

[6]

[5]

[4]

(Black arrows) : Change of printer states when the Online key is pressed. *1. Some menus cannot be setup during printing. *2. When no media is loaded, the machine cannot be returned to the Online state by pressing the Online key. It returns to Offline. *3. Pressing any key on the control panel, opening the front cover, or receiving data in "Sleep" state will wake the printer up.

Figure 1-301 No. [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] Name Data reception lamp Message display Power lamp Online key Enter key Right/left arrow keys Up/down arrow keys Function Green when receiving data. Blinks if data is transmitted when the printer cannot receive it. Menus, parameters, error messages and other conditions are displayed. Divided into upper and lower sections. Green when power switch is turned on. Orange in the sleep state. Blinks orange if an error occurs. Switches between the online, offline and menu states. Enters selected menu item. Used when selecting parameters. Also used to move the carriage on the platen. Used when selecting menus. Can move the paper back and forth when offline. Table 1-301 Figure 1-302

110

111

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

State Online

Printer state This machine can receive, analyze and print data. When printing is started, "Printing" appears on the message display. While online, only the online key is functional. To use the other keys, this machine should be offline or in the menu state. If no data is received for 5 minutes in this state, the printer enters the sleep state. If data is transmitted from the host in the offline state, the printer will ignore it. The roll media can be fed and the carriage can be moved. If no data is received for 20 minutes, the printer enters the sleep state. Printing is paused. As long as, there is sufficient space in the buffer memory, data is received and analyzed continuously. When the reception buffer becomes almost full in the pause state, the mode is shifted to receive data at 1 byte/sec. By pressing the online key in the pause state, the printer will enter the menu state. Menus and parameters can be set up. The menu items available when paused are more limited than those available when in offline state. The printer is printing. The operation panel keys cannot be used in the printing state. To use the keys, the printer should be in the pause or menu state. All lamps and the display (other than the power lamp) are off. When paper is loaded and data is transmitted from the host, the printer automatically enters the online state and starts printing. Table 1-302

Offline

Pause

Menu Printing

Sleep

112

113

C. User Mode Menu


1. Menu guide The following diagram shows the menu hierarchy of this printer.

Service Mode Menu


B C
Line Type Line Intersect Overlay Merge Line Shading Interface Setup RS-232C Baud Rate 2400bps 38400bps Data Bit-Parity 7none 7even 7odd 8none 8even 8odd Handshake *2 100% 0 999% 1% 99% Auto Rotation 0 90 180 270 Auto Y-Mirror Off On Layout Size ISO-A ISO-B JIS-B User User Size Length 80mm 18000mm *2 System Setup Language English(mm) English(inch) Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska Auto Adjust Mode On Off Feed Priority Print Length Band Joint Reset Defaults Yes No 80mm 627mm (914mm) Nesting Timer 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes Information I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error System Setup Language English(mm) English(inch) Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska Auto Adjust Mode On Off Feed Priority Print Length Band Joint Information I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error xxx xxx xxx
T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage driving time

Normal Menu
Main menu Print Operation Abort Print Buffer Clear Replot Force Print Head Cleaning All Black New Tank Force Cutting Yes No Adjustment Auto Adjust Auto Band-Adj. Print Mode Print Quality *1

A
Emulation Auto Sense HP-GL HP-GL/2+RTL HP RTL

Printing Menu
Main Menu Print Operation Abort Print Buffer Clear Head Cleaning All Black New Tank Force Cutting Yes No Auto Cut Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut Drying Time Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 60 minutes Interface Setup EOP Timer 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes

*3

SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY

PRINT INF Yes No


SYSTEM TYPE: Ax TMP: 000.0C H-TMP K1:000.0C H-TMP K2:000.0C H-TMP C: 000.0C H-TMP M: 000.0C H-TMP Y: 000.0C P-SIZE X:0000.00 P-SIZE Y:0000.00
WARNING 01: 20: ERROR 01: 20: ADJUST PRINT PATTERN Scale Test Print X-SCALE -32 0 32 FUNCTION PANEL LED/LCD PANEL KEY COUNTER W-INK: 000000 *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand) Exxxxx Exxxxx Wxxxxx Wxxxxx

Pen Setup Select Table Software Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 Modify Table Pen Table 1 Scale Pen Plot Layout

On Off

Auto Layout Off Nesting Media Save Best

Hardware Xon/Xoff EOP Timer 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes

15 Width 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 31 *1 Color 0 255

Normal Enhanced Hi-Resolution Draft Color/Mono Color Mono Media setup Roll/Cut Sheet Roll Media Cut Sheet Media Type *1

Join 1 2 3 9 Pen Table 2

Plain Paper Coated Paper Tracing Pape Film *1 Margin r Normal Large Copy 1 Pen Table 3 99 Auto Cut Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut Drying Time Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 60 minutes *1 *1

(*Same as Pen Table 1)

INITIALIZE W-INK: 000000 *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand) T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage driving time I/C EEPROM E/C EEPROM

Width (*Same as Pen Table 1) Reset Table Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 All Pen Table

SERVICE MODE
Internal Print Demonstration Menu Map Color Palette Setup List Nozzle Check Dump Mode

*3

: Indicates the main menu or menu (Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.) (The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.) *1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for them are taken priority to the operation panel setting when printing through the driver . *2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotter driver and operation panel for them reflect on printing. *3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started in
the service mode.

: Indicates set value. *Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value. *Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection. *(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media mode.)

1-13

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

2. Menu and parameter setup


Menus and parameters are selected as described below. 1) By pressing the online key in the offline or pause state, the printer enters the menu state. 2) Select a menu item by pressing the right and left arrow keys. 3) After selecting a menu, move to the parameter menu by pressing the down arrow key. CAUTION Menu display varies depending on the state. (offline or pause) 4) Select parameters by pressing the right and left arrow keys. 5) Accept the selected parameter by pressing the Enter key. CAUTION When "Head Cleaning", "Force Cutting" or other item for immediate execution is selected, the operation is started by pressing the Enter key. If the up arrow key is pressed instead, the operation will not start and the selected parameter is cancelled.

[2] Head Cleaning Used to clean the cartridge heads. All All heads are cleaned. Black Only the black head is cleaned. New Tank If the ink tank has been removed, use this menu to prevent non-discharge of ink. [3] Force Cutting Used to cut the set paper. Paper is cut. Yes Paper is cut. No Paper is not cut. [4] Adjustment Auto Adjust Printing position is automatically adjusted. Replot The data printed last is printed again. Auto Band-Adj. Paper feed rate is automatically adjusted.

[5] Print Mode a. Print Quality [Default: Normal] The print quality can be selected for the type of data or paper. Draft For higher-speed, lower-quality output. Normal For printing line drawings, etc. Enhanced For printing files including graphics or solid printing. High-Resolution (monochrome only) For printing monochrome line drawings at an equivalent resolution to 720 dpi. b. Color/Mono [Default: Color] Monochrome or color mode can be selected. Color Color data will be printed in color. Mono Color data will be printed in gray scale.

3. Details of user mode menus The user mode menus are shown below. [1] Print Operation Used to change the current print operation. Abort Print Printing is stopped in the pause state. Buffer Clear All current operations are stopped from in the offline or pause state, and all printing data in the memory are cleared. Force Print The EOP timer is started and the printer is forced to print from the printing stand-by state.

114

115

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[6] Media Setup Used to change paper settings.

[7] Auto Cut a. Cut Type

CAUTION In the draft mode, the ink may not dry, depending on the environment. Set the drying time as required.

HP RTL Should only be used when printing raster data. After the raster data is received and 1 band is analyzed, printing is started. HP-GL (759x) Conforms to the HP-759X series format. 30 sec. [9] Pen Setup Composed of the pen setup selection menu, pen table changing menu, and pen table initialization menu. a. Select Table [Default: Software] Specifies whether to use the setting designated by the software or the pen table setting. Software Pen setup from the application is used. (See Table 1-305.) Pen Table (1 to 3) Pen setup (pen table) stored in the printer can be used. (See Table 1-304.)

a. Roll/Cut Sheet [Default: Previous setting preserved] Select roll media or cut sheet. Roll Media Select this to use roll media. If a cut sheet is loaded, it will be ejected. Cut Sheet Selected when cut paper is used. If roll media is loaded, it is reverse fed and withdrawn. b. Media Type [Default: Plain paper] The following media types can be selected: Plain Paper Coated Paper Tracing Paper Film c. Margin [Default: Normal] Margin size at the media leading edge can be selected. Normal Leaves a margin of 5mm. Large Leaves a margin of 15mm. d. Copies [Default: 1] Specify the number of copies to be printed. 1 - 99

[Default: Cut] Select the type of cut for roll media after completion of printing. Cut Cuts the roll media automatically after completion of printing. Cut Line After completion of printing, a cutting line is printed. No Cut After completion of printing, the roll media is not cut. b. Drying Time (only for roll media) [Default: Off] Sets the time for drying the ink after completion of printing. Off Paper is ejected as usual. Auto Optimum drying time is automatically selected according to the media type and printing mode. In the case of draft mode, the drying time is the same as for [Off]. 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10 min., 20 min., 30 min., 40 min., 50 min., 60 min.

REFERENCE Drying time for each media type is as follows: Plain paper: Coated paper: none Tracing paper: 2 min. Film: 7 sec.

[8] Emulation [Default: Auto Sense] Emulation can be set to match the file type output from the computer. Auto Sense HP-GL/2+RTL, HP RTL, HP-GL, and TIFF data is automatically detected and printed. HP-GL/2+RTL Emulates HP-GL/2 and HP-RTL. Data is accumulated in the memory buffer and printing is started with the EOP command, or when the EOP timer times out.

116

117

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

b. Modify Table The pen setup (pen table) stored in the printer can be changed. Pen Table (1 to 3) Pen Contents of the pen table can be changed. Settings can be changed for pen No. 0 to 15 (16 types). Width Width of selected pen can be changed in units of dots (every dot from 1 to 5, every 2 dots from 5 to 31). (See Table 1-303.) Color Pen color (256 values) can be set. Joint Line joins and ends (9 types) can be set (See Figure 1-303). c. Reset Table Values in the selected pen table are returned to the defaults. All Pen Table All pen table values are reset to the default values. Pen Table (1 - 3) Values of the selected pen table are reset to the default values.

[10] Line Type a. Line Intersect [Default: Overlay] Color processing method for overlapping lines or figures can be set. Overlay Overlapping parts are printed in the color applied last. Merge Overlapping parts are printed using mixed colors. b. Line Shading [Default: On] When color data is printed in monochrome, a gray scale corresponding to the color is usually used. In order to improve the reproducibility of the line data, you can specify whether to print the line data using only black. On Line data is drawn in gray scale. Off Line data is drawn in black.
4: Solid - round 5: Triangle - round 6: Round - round

Default values of pen table 1 to 3 at the time of Factory settings.


No. of dots 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 Approximate thickness (mm/inch) Pen No. 0.07/0.003 0.14/0.005 0.21/0.008 0.28/0.011 0.35/0.014 0.49/0.019 0.63/0.025 0.78/0.031 0.92/0.036 1.06/0.042 1.20/0.047 1.34/0.052 1.48/0.058 1.62/0.063 1.76/0.069 1.90/0.074 2.04/0.080 2.19/0.086 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Width(*1) 3 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 Color 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Joint 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

*1. When the display language is other than katakana, the widths are all set to 3. Table 1-304 Software pen table factory settings.

Table 1-303

1: Solid - miter

2: Triangle - miter

3: Round - miter

Pen No.
0 1 2 3
7: Solid - bevel 8: Triangle - bevel 9: Round - bevel

Width
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Color
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Joint(*2)
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

4 5 6 7

Figure 1-303

*2. When the emulation is HP-GL/2 or HP-RTL, the set value for the joint is 1. Table 1-305

118

119

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[11] Plot layout Printed data layout can be set. a. Auto Layout (roll media only) [Default: Off] Automatic layout can be set. The data size at this time should match the data size of "6. Image layout" (p.1-27). Off Automatic layout does not take place. Data is printed in the layout designated by the received data. However, the settings designated by the scale, rotation, and Y-mirror menus will be used. Nesting Nesting is automatically laid out. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that the paper feeding rate is minimized. If the longitudinal direction of the later data enters in the width direction of the margin of the previous data, the data is printed on the margin. If the later data does not fit into the width of the margin of the previous data, the data is not printed on the margin but printed to the next printing position.

Media Save Automatic paper saving layout. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that paper feeding rate is minimized. The image data is printed to the left end of the paper. Best Automatic layout for selected standard size. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that paper feeding is minimized. The image data is arranged at the center of the minimum standard size to allow the data to fit, and printed to the left end on the paper. b. Scale Magnification can be changed automatically, or can be specified. [Default: 100%] Auto (cut sheet only) The magnification changes to fit the cut sheet loaded. 1-999% Printing can be expanded or contracted in steps of 1%. Figure 1-304
A A A A A A A A A

A=5mm Nesting

Media Save

Best

A=5mm

A=5mm

120

121

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

c. Rotation [Default: 0] Data can be rotated on the paper when printed. Auto (cut paper only) Rotated according to the loaded paper. 0 Prints without rotating 90 Rotated 90 counterclockwise. 180 Rotated 180 counterclockwise. 270 Rotated 270 counterclockwise. d. Y-mirror [Default: Off] The data can be reversed in the paper feed direction when printing. Off File is not reversed laterally. On File is reversed laterally.

e. Layout Size (roll media only) [Default: ISO A] Paper size can be set. ISO A ISO B JIS B ANSI ANSI ARCH ISO Over EURO-DIN KOREAN Custom f. User Size (roll media only) Width and length of paper to be printed can be set. [Default: A0 model: 84.1 x 118.9 cm A1 model: 59.4 x 84.1 cm] Width Width can be set from 8.0 to 62.7 (91.4)cm, in one mm units. Length Length can be set from 8.0 to 1800cm, in one mm units. g. Nesting Timer (roll media only) [Default: 30 seconds] Time until printing is started can be selected for the nesting layout operation. 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min.

[12] Interface Setup a. RS-232C Used to set up the RS-232C interface. Baud Rate [default: 9600] Sets the data transfer speed. 2400bps, 4800bps, 9600bps, 19200pbs, 38400bps Data Bit-Parity [Default: 8 none] Sets combination of character bits and parity bit. 7 none, 7 even, 7 odd 8 none, 8 even, 8 odd Handshake [Default: Hardware] Sets the data communication method between the computer and printer. Xon/Xoff, Hardware b. EOP Timer [Default: 30 sec.] When a data completion command (terminator) is not contained in the file data, the time from completion of data transfer to start of printing will be as specified here. 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min.

[13] System Setup Configuration of the system setting menu as follows: a. Language [Default: previos setting preserved] Language to be indicated on the message display can be selected. English (mm) Display in English (mm) (Factory setting) English (inch) Display in English (inch) katakana Display in Japanese Francais Display in French Deutsch Display in German Italiano Display in Italian Espanol Display in Spanish Svenska Display in Swedish b. AutoAdjust mode [Default: On] Specifies whether or not to Auto Adjust when replacing the BJ Print head. On Automatic adjustment is done when the BJ Print head is replaced. Off Automatic adjustment is not done when the BJ Print head is replaced.

122

123

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

c. Feed Priority [Default: Print Length] Select between paper feeding accuracy over distance, or feeding with less band variation. Print Length Feed with preference given to distance accuracy. Band Joint Feed with less band variation. d. Reset Defaults All user menu settings can be reset to the default values. Yes All user menu setting are reset to the default values. No User menu settings are not reset.

[14] Self-test Print A self-test pattern can be printed to check the printer operation. Demonstration A built-in demonstration pattern is printed. Menu Map A list of menus is printed. Color Pallet A color pallet of 0 to 255 is printed. Setup List The printer settings are printed. Nozzle Check A nozzle check pattern is printed. Dump Mode All data input is printed by in hexadecimal and ASCII code.

4. Using the setup list The setup list is used when the printer is not working correctly, to determine whether the problem is attributable to the printer or the computer. The current menu settings, service mode values and a history of the last 4 errors which occurred are printed in the setup list, and can be filed for reference or faxed to the service department. Figure 1-305 shows a sample of a setup list and Table 1-306 explains the information in the setup list. [1] [2] [3] [4] [7]

[5]

[8]

[9] e. Information [Default: On] Image controller PCB and engine controller PCB versions and memory capacity are displayed. [10] [6]

[11]

Figure 1-305 124 125

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

No. [1]
I/C: E/C:

Description
Image controller PCB version Engine controller PCB version version E/Boot: Engine controller PCB ROM version E/Slv: Engine controller PCB slave version

No.
Length setting Width setting

Description
User-defined size setting

5. Dump mode This machine is provided with a dump test function to print the input data in hexadecimal and ASCII code as an online test. Select "Dump mode" on the system setting menu, and then set the printer online. When data is transferred from the computer in this state, the data is first printed normally. Then, for the data received since data reception started until the EOP timer was actuated, the initial 1k byte is dumped on one A4 sheet, and the last 1k byte is also dumped on an A4 sheet, in hexadecimal ASCII code. The printer returns to the normal printing mode automatically after the dump output is completed. Therefore, to execute a dump again, reselect "Dump mode", and then transfer the file data. CAUTION If data is transferred continuously, the final portion cannot be correctly dumped. To prevent trouble, transfer only one file at a time in the dump mode.

I/Boot: Image controller PCB ROM

Nesting timer setting

[7] [8]

Line intersecton setting Line shading setting Baud rate setting Data bit parity setting Hand shake setting EOP timer setting

[2] [3] [4] [5]

DRAM capacity Language setting Print mode setting Monochrome/color setting Media setting Media type setting Margin setting No. of copies to be printed Roll media auto cutting setting Drying time setting

[9]

Emulation setting Auto adjust mode setting Paper feeding priority setting

[10]

Error display history Error 1 - most recent

. . .

Error 4 - least recent

[11]

Pen table setting pen table 1 pen table 2 pen table 3

6. Image layout a. Data size recognition standard This machine recognizes the size of data received as follows: (1) PS (Plot size) recognition Uses the size specified in the PS command contained in the data as the size of the data. (2) Min./Max. size recognition (coordinates) Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of vector coordinates actually drawn to determine the data size. (3) Min./Max. size recognition (line width consideration) Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of coordinate values, including the vector line width actually drawn.

[6]

Auto layout setting Zoom setting Rotation setting Y-mirror setting Layout size setting

Table 1-306

126

127

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

D. Basic Operation
1) Turn the power switch ON. The power lamp is lit and the initialization process beings. The initialization completes in about 20 seconds. 2) Make menu settings according to the computer and application software to be
Min/Max (Line width consideration) Min/Max (Coordinates)

When the paper inserted below the pinch roller unit is detected by the PE sensor, the suction fan runs and the paper is sucked to the platen. If the printer does not start within about 1 minute after the suction fan operates, the fan stops. b. In the case of roll media: [1] Lower the paper release lever. [2] Keeping the roll media tight (no slack), pull it out straight onto the platen from the back side of the printer. [3] Raise the paper release lever so that the roll media is fed in parallel with the paper matching line.
PE sensor

used. Press the online key to cause the menu selection screen to appear, select a menu with the right and left arrow keys, and go to the parameter menu with the down arrow key. Select parameters with the right and left arrow keys. Enter each selection with the Enter key. 3) Open the front cover. 4) Load paper into the printer. a. In the case of cut sheets: [1] Lower the paper release lever.
Not done Done Done Not done Not done

PS size

Figure 1-306 b. Relation between data size recognition and image processing The printer recognizes the size of the data received and lays it out as listed below. When printing using the Canon printer driver, PS (Plot Size) commands are always provided.
Data size recognition Nesting Best PS size Min./Max. coordinates Standard size judgment Not done Done Rotation Layout size Horizontal arrangement Done Y-mirror scale Done Panel rotation Not done

Automatic rotation Automatic rotation Automatic rotation Follow the set value Automatic rotation Automatic rotation Automatic rotation Follow the set value

PS size + each side of 5mm Judged standard size

PS provided

[2] With the printed surface of the paper upward, match the paper edge to the inside of the paper matching line, and raise the paper release lever.
Paper matching line Print media

Media save Min./Max. Not done line width consideration Off Nesting PS size Min./max. coordinates Min./max. coordinates Not done Done Done

Min./Max. + each Not done side of 5mm PS size + each side of 5mm Judged standard size Judged standard size Not done Done Not done

Done Done Done Done

Done Not done Not done Not done

Paper matching line PE sensor

Figure 1-308

No PS provided

Best

Media save Min./Max. Not done line width consideration Off Max Not done

Min./max. + each Not done side of 5mm Max. + each side of 5mm Not done

Paper matching line

Done

Done
Print media

Table 1-307 128

Figure 1-307 129

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CAUTION If the roll media is forcibly aligned to the paper matching line on the platen, skewed feeding may result. Keeping the roll media in parallel to paper matching line, pull it out straight. When loading the paper, take care not to touch the printed area. Fingerprints can keep the print ink from soaking in to the paper, causing uneven print density. 5) Close the front cover. 6) Press the up or down arrow key to load the paper. The printer detects the paper size and feeds the paper to the printing start position. After completion of loading, the printer enters the online state.

CAUTION After printing, take care not to touch the ink with wet hands. When the printer is not to be used for a long time, raise the paper release lever to keep the pinch roller being pressed.

E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever


When printing, depending on the print media used or its thickness, the paper may become wavy, causing it to rub the head. To prevent this, the distance between the head and platen can be adjusted in 3 stages using the paper thickness adjustment lever. 1) Press the left or right arrow key in the offline or pause state. The carriage moves to the cartridge replacement position. 2) Open the front cover. 3) Move the paper thickness adjustment lever to adjust the head-to-platen distance. : Standard position : Set to this position when printing high-density graphics. (graphic position) 4) Close the front cover. The carriage returns to the home position. CAUTION Better print quality can be obtained by narrowing the head-to-platen distance. Place the paper thickness adjustment lever in standard position except when the paper rubs the head. Figure 1-309
Paper thickness adjustment lever

REFERENCE If the paper loads crooked or jams, press any key on the operation panel to stop the loading process.

: Set to this position if the paper still rubs the head after being set to the graphic position.

REFERENCE After moving the paper thickness adjustment lever, carry out the "Auto adjust" of the "Adjustment" menu.

7) File data is transferred from the computer in the online state and printing is started. To stop printing, press the online key to enter the pause state. 8) After completion of printing, remove the paper.

130

131

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT


The printer is provided with a mechanism to detect the ink remaining in the ink tank. When the tank becomes empty, the ink head state indication on the message display becomes - (hyphen). When no ink remains, replace the ink tank. If no ink is discharged even though there is enough ink in the tank, check the BJ print head, referring to Chapter 5, V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECT. If ink is still not discharged, replace the BJ print head. 1) Press the right and left keys in the offline or pause state to move the carriage to the cartridge replacement position. 2) Open the front cover. 3) Remove the ink tank from the BJ print head to be replaced. 4) Push the release hook of the BJ print head to be replaced and remove the BJ print head. CAUTION When handling the BJ print head, take care not to touch the head on electrodes. Replace the BJ print head only at the cartridge replacement position.
Head Electrode

6) Remove the protection cap and protection seal. Protective cap Protective seal

8) Pressing as shown in figure1-405, install the BJ print head in the carriage.

Figure 1-401 Figure 1-403 CAUTION Take care not to touch the BJ print head and carriage electrodes. Do not reuse the protective cap and protective seal. Take care not to bump the head against the platen or carriage. 7) With the head facing down, insert the BJ print head into the carriage. 9) Remove the dummy ink tank.

Figure 1-405

A. Replacing the BJ Print head

Figure 1-406 10) Install the real ink tank. 11) Close the front cover. The carriage returns to the home Figure 1-402 5) Unpack a new BJ print head. Figure 1-404 position and head cleaning is carried out.

132

133

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

B. Replacing the Ink Tank


CAUTION Replace the ink tank only at the cartridge replacement position. 1) Press the right and left keys in the offline or pause state to move the carriage to the cartridge replacement position. 2) Open the front cover. 3) Press the ink tank release hook and remove the ink tank.

5) Twist the protective cap of the ink tank in the direction of the arrow mark and remove it.

6) Install the ink tank.

Figure 1-409 Figure 1-411 CAUTION Do not touch the ink tank outlet. CAUTION Push the ink tank in until it clicks. 7) Close the front cover. The carriage returns to the home position and head cleaning is carried
Outlet

out.

Figure 1-407 4) Unpack the new ink tank, and remove the protective seal from the ink tank.

Figure 1-410

Figure 1-408 134 135

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

V. SIMM REPLACEMENT
A. About SIMM
The printer's memory can be increased. If the memory available is not sufficient for the print data, the memory capacity of the printer can be expanded by installing new (or large) SIMMs. Proper installation of SIMMs can be confirmed by selecting "Information" of "System setting" of the main menu. The following message will be displayed: Memory XX+8 MB

CAUTION When handling SIMMs, be careful to avoid static electricity discharge. Before installing the SIMM, be sure to turn off the printer power. Install the SIMMs using the correct procedure.

3) With the edge of the SIMM in the slot, roll the SIMM to the left until the hooks [3] at both ends of the slot click into the holes at both ends of the SIMM.

C. SIMM Removal
1) Using the installation tools supplied with the printer, remove the 4 screws [1] and the cover plate [2].
[2]

[3]

B. SIMM Installation
1) Using the installation tools supplied with printer, remove the 4 screws [1], and remove the cover plate [2]. Figure 1-503
[2]

[1]

Figure 1-504 4) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the 4 screws [1]. 2) Gently pull back the two hooks [3] at each end of the SIMM. Roll the SIMM to REFERENCE When only one SIMM is used, it must be installed in the left slot (SIM601). Figure 1-501 When adding two SIMMs, it is easiest to install the first one into the left slot (SIM601). the right and remove it.

where, "XX" indicates the memory capacity of any installed SIMMs. SIMM type Use SIMMs with the following specifications: Capacity: 4, 8, 16, or 32 MB No. of pins: 72 Access speed: 60ns or faster FPM (high speed page mode) compatible No parity EDO memory can be also used but it is operated as FPM memory. Two SIMMs can be added, so that the memory capacity can be increased by up to 72MB, with the standard memory.

[1]

2) Holding both ends of the SIMM with it centered in the expansion slot, insert it from the right.

[3]

Figure 1-505 3) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the 4 screws [1].

Figure 1-502

136

137

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING


When handling the printer, pay attention to the following points.
Electrodes

B. Paper Storage Environment


Store the paper in wrapping paper, in a place free from high humidity and direct sun light. Store the paper horizontally to prevent it from being damaged.
Head

D. After Printing
Since the ink may still be wet, do not touch it immediatly after printing. If the ink is not completely dry, ink may be smudged, or if stored on top of another sheet, the backside of the paper may be stained, or attached to the another. As the ink is water-based, do not touch printed sheets with wet hands.

A. Cartridges
1. Cautions on handling the BJ print head

Store the paper under a relative humidity of 35 to 65%. If this requirement is not met in the environment where the printer is used, remove the paper from its package and keep it near the printer for a while to acclimatize it.

Figure 1-601 2. Cautions on handling ink tanks

Do not touch the head surface, or wipe with cloth or paper. Do not touch the electrodes. Do not bump the BJ print head. When removing the BJ print head, do not lay its face downward. Do not leave the BJ print head out of the printer for a long time. To avoid ink spillage, do not shake the BJ print head after removing the protective seal. Do not remove the BJ print head from thie printer except when replacing it or disassembling the main unit. Only unpack a new BJ print head immediately before replacing an old one. Do not disassemble or modify the BJ print head.
Outlet

Do not touch the outlet. Do not remove the ink tank from the BJ print head except when replacing the ink tank. Only unpack a new ink tank immediately before replacement. After uncapping, install the ink tank immediately into the BJ Print head. Do not disassemble or modify the ink tank.

C. Paper
Use paper that is not curled, folded or wrinkled. For handling the paper, be careful not to curl it or damage the printing side, hold the paper only at the ends, outside of the printed area, to prevent oil or moisture transferring from your hands to the paper, or wear cotton gloves. Take out each sheet from the wrapping paper immediately before using it.

Figure 1-602

138

139

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

VII. USER MAINTENANCE


A. Head Cleaning
The printer has a head cleaning function to maintain image quality. With the BJ printing method, air bubbles may accumulate in the nozzles of the head, or, if the ink viscosity at the nozzle end increases, a nozzle may become plugged, resulting in white streaks on the image. In such a case, the user should execute the "Head cleaning" in the main menu to clean the head. CAUTION Repeated head cleaning will consume excessive ink. Explain to the user that head cleaning should only be performed when defective images occur.

1) Pinch roller/Paper feed roller Load plain paper of the maximum width which can be printed by your printer (A1 size or A0 size) and feed the paper manually several times to remove any ink. 2) Platen With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the platen, and then wipe it with a dry cloth.

VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT


Avoid the following when choosing a location for the printer. Places with a large amount of dust Unstable location Uneven floor Non-horizontal surface Direct sun light (use curtains if placed nearby a window). Low temperature and humidity or high temperature and humidity (temperature should be in the range of 15 - 30C and the humidity 20 - 80%. Particularly avoid locations near water taps, water heaters, humidifiers and refrigerators.)

Locations where there might be alcohol, thinner, etc. nearby. Places where temperature or humidity fluctuates often. Air from an air conditioning system or electric fan directly blowing on the machine. Be cautious about the following when installing the machine. Adjust the media so as not to touch the floor, to prevent it from picking up dust or dirt. Explain to the client that the floor near the printer should be cleaned carefully. The stand rollers should all sit flat on the floor. Provide a properly grounded electrical connection. Secure sufficient space for maintenance and inspection, as illustrated below.

Figure 1-701

3) Paper stacker (stand) With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the paper stacker and then wipe it with a dry cloth.

B. Normal Cleaning
Instruct the user to clean the following places every month, or as needed. CAUTION Caution the user to take care not to allow the cleaning cloth or swab to touch the paper feed roller and pinch roller when cleaning.
1170mm

CAUTION The seam-side of the paper stacker should face outward.

Figure 1-801
800mm 1405mm 600mm 600mm

600mm

140

141

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION


The package configuration of the printer when shipped from the factory is shown in the figure below.

X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER


When transporting the printer by truck etc., or moving the printer, follow the procedures below. CAUTION [1] Printer [2] Spindle/Roll media stopper [3] BJ print heads (black, cyan, magenta, yellow)
[3]

Clip Linear scale Carriage belt

Pack the printer in the original box. If the original box is not avaiable, pack the machine with sufficient shock absorbing material. Remove all cables. Do not remove the BJ cartridges. 1) Turn off the power switch and disconnect the power cord and interface cable. 2) Open the front cover and make sure the carriage is at the home position. If not, move it to the right end by hand. 3) Fold a sheet of A1-size paper or A0-size 5) Remove the roll media and spindle. 6) Fix the front cover closed with tape. 7) When the optional stand is used, remove the printer from the stand and disassemble the stand. 8) Pack the printer, stand, roll media and spindle carefully before transportation. CAUTION Be careful not to incline or turn the machine upside down when transporting it since waste ink may leak out. CAUTION Take care not to damage the carriage belt and linear scale. Figure 1-1001

[2]

[4] Accessory box

[4]

[1]

paper twice and insert it between the pinch rollers. 4) Fix the carriage belt at the center of the platen by holding it with a clip as shown in Figure 1-1001, so as not to allow the carriage to move.

Figure 1-901

142

143

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2
I. Basic operation

BASIC OPERATION

A.

Functional Configuration

The printer functional diagram is composed of 5 blocks; image processing/control system, carriage, BJ cartridge unit, purge unit and feeder unit.

Image processing/control system Carriage Engine controller Image controller External interface

BJ cartridge unit

Purge unit

Feeder unit

Figure 2-101

I.

BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1 A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1 B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2 C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10 E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12 F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15 II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22 B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24 C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26 D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28 E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34 F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35 G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38 III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39

A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39 B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43 IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46 B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51 C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52 D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56 V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57 B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58 C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60 VI. FAN ................................................................. 2-63 VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65 A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65 B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66 C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66

21

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Interface Input/Output
1. Parallel interface The parallel interface conforms to IEEE1284-B and is applicable to the compatible mode and nibble mode (2-way interface). a. Input/output signal and pin assignment
Pin Signal No. Compatible Nibble 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Ack Busy Perror Select AutoFd Strobe HostClk Signal direction (PC to the printer) Pin Signal No. Compatible Nibble 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Fault GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND Signal direction (PC to the printer)

b. Compatible mode The compatible mode is applicable to cases as shown below. The compatible mode can be switched by changing the BUSY and ACKNLG timing in the Centro timing setting mode.
A - B(Defaut) [Ack-in-Busy] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG 4080ns A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY

Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 Data 4 Data 5 Data 6 Data 7 Data 8 PtrClk PtrBusy AckDataReq Xflag HostBusy

GND GND GND GND Init DataAvail GND Not used Peripheral Logic High Selectin IEEE1284active
ACKNLG 3264ns A - B(Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG 1200ns 3264ns DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG 3264ns B - A [Ack-after-Busy] 3264ns

Not used GND GND Peripheral Logic High

Table 2-101

Figure 2-102 22 23

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Data is transferred 8 bits at a time in the compatible mode. The data is transferred by handshaking the STROBE, ACKNLG, and BUSY signals. The computer sets 8 bits of data and outputs the STROBE signal to the printer. The printer receives the data with the STROBE signal and responds by setting the BUSY signal to "H". When data processing has been completed, the printer outputs the ACKNLG signal to notify the computer that the data has been accepted. When data reception is possible, it sets the BUSY signal to "L". The Perror signal becomes "H" to indicate a warning or error in the printer. The Select signal becomes "H" to indicate that the printer is in a printing mode (online, printing, warning ON, etc.) and "L" when in a non-printing mode (offline, in pause, error ON, etc.)

c. Nibble mode In the nibble mode, 8-bit data is transmitted from the printer to the computer in two pieces, 4 bits at a time. When data transmission is possible, the printer sets the DataAvail signal to "L" and the computer sets the HostBusy signal to "L" to indicate that data can be received. The printer confirms the fall of the HostBusy signal, places the low-order 4 bits of data on the 4 control signal lines, and sets the PtrClk signal to "L". The computer accepts the data and changes the HostBusy signal to "H" indicating that the data has been received. The printer issues the PtrClk signal and the first handshaking is completed. The printer confirms the second fall of the HostBusy signal and outputs the high-order 4 bits to the control signal lines. The computer accepts the data in the same way as before. When the HostBusy signal goes active and there is no more data to be transmitted to the computer, the DataAvail signal is set to "H" and the next data transfer is awaited in the stand-by status.
High

1284Active

AckDataReq

Bit2

Bit6

HostBusy

HostClk

PtrClk

PtrBusy

Holding the status

Bit3

Bit7

DataAvail

Data Available

Bit0

Bit4

Xflag

Nibble Mode Support

Bit1

Bit5

Figure 2-103

24

25

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. Serial interface The serial interface conforms to RS-232C. The printer side is set up as the DCE (Data Circuit Terminating Equipment) and the computer side as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The serial interface connector is a D-Sub 9-pin female. Table 2-102 shows the connector pin assignment and input/output signals.

C. Image Controller
Figure 2-104 is a block diagram of the image controller.

External parallel interface External serial interface [1] Serial controller (U632) [5] Timer (U610) Engine controller Communication I/F [6] Serial controller (U633) Y601 14.7MHz

Image controller [2] FIFO (U622) [3] DRAM (U602,606, U611,U616) Address bus Address bus 32-bit Data bus [4] SRAM (U628) 8-bit Data bus [14] Timer (U609) [12] CPU (U607) Y601 14.7MHz Y602 33MHz

Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Signal CD RD TD DTR SGND DSR RTS CTS RI

Signal direction (PC (DTE) to the printer (DCE)

[7] Gate array (U617)

Image data I/F(8-bit) Address bus 32-bit data bus

Table 2-102 The computer turns ON the transmission request signal RTS and the printer turns ON the CTS signal if reception is possible. After confirming the CTS signal from the printer, the computer starts transmission of data (TD) to the printer. The printer stores the data from the computer in its buffer and processes the data in succession. However, if the printer processing speed is slower than the computer's, the buffer soon becomes full so that no more data can be stored. When the empty space in the buffer decreases below a specified value, the printer turns OFF the CTS signal. The computer knows that the printer can accept no more data and interrupts transmission. The printer continues processing the data in the buffer. When the empty space in the buffer reaches a specific value, the printer turns ON the CTS signal again to notify the computer that reception is possible. In this way the RS-232C communication is controlled so as not to overflow the printer's buffer.

16-bit data bus

[8] FLASH ROM (XU601)

32-bit data bus

[9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618)

8-bit data bus

[10] EEPROM (U619)

[13] Reset IC (U613)

8-bit

[11] PIO (U629, U634)

Operation Panel

Figure 2-104

26

27

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Major functions of the ICs on the image controller are as follows.


[1] Serial controller (U632)

[5] Timer (U610)

[8] FLASH ROM (XU601)

[14]Timer (U609)

Uses the by external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Functions as a baud rate clock for the serial controllers. (U632, U633)
[6] Serial controller (U633)

1 Mbyte boot ROM used to initialize the CPU at power ON. Stores the downloaded program.
[9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618)

Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Functions as a timer for : DRAM refresh timing Communication with the engine controller System operation of the image controller

Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Baud rates for receiving image data over the serial interface are 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400bps.
[2] FIFO (U622)

Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Intermediary between the gate array (U617) and engine controller.
[7] Gate array (U617)

1 Mbyte ROMs used to store the program for the image controller. The following functions are also provided. Interface analysis Operation panel control Generation of test pattern

This buffer stores the image data temporarily between the parallel interface and CPU (U607).
[3] DRAM (U602, U606, U611, U616)

Major functions are as follows. DRAM control Raster slice conversion of the image data in the DRAM after banding processing, to slice data to the width of the BJ cartridge Address decode 8-bit parallel output of image data to the engine controller Controls the compatible and nibble mode latch timing for image data transfer from the computer.

[10]EEPROM (U619)

4 RAM chips with a capacity of 2 Mbytes each, connected to the gate array using a 32-bit data bus, and used as follows. Storage area for the CMYK bitmap data created by the CPU (U607) for the banding process. CPU system processing work area.
[4] SRAM (U628)

32Kbyte ROM used to store information on the printer and the values set using the operation panel.
[11]PIO (U634)

Intermediary between the CPU (U607) and operation panel input/output port.
[12]CPU (U607)

Uses the external 33 MHz clock. Major functions are as follows. Controls the image controller Vector raster conversion Raster/raster conversion Controls communication with the engine controller
[13]Reset IC (U613)

32 Kbyte memory used to store the raster slice converted image data until a transmission request is received from the engine controller.

Resets the CPU (U607) at power ON.

28

29

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

D. Engine Controller
Figure 2-105 is a block diagram of the engine controller. The printer is controlled mainly by the CPU (U221), which is run by the 16MHz external clock.
Engine controller [1] CPU (U221) Y202 16MHz [6] Reset IC (U227) Address bus Data bus

Major functions of the ICs on the engine controller are as follows.


[1] CPU (U221)

[7] Gate array (U208)

Provided with an 8-bit parallel input port for the image data from the image controller. Processes the image data before sending it to the gate array (U212). Also processes the internal print data.
[8] Gate array (U212)

Connected to the DRAM (U216), FLASH ROM (U219), EEPROM (U218) and gate array (U204, U212) via the address bus and data bus. Run by the 16MHz external clock. Major functions are as follows. Command communication with the image controller Fan motor output port

Command communication I/F

Image data transfer control for the image controller Conversion of image data Input ports for sensors, switchs, etc. Carriage position control using the linear encoder Media sensor lamp signal output Solenoid output port Purge motor control

Image controller

[2] Sub-CPU (U202)

[3] DRAM (U216)

[4] FLASH ROM (U219)

[5] EEPROM (U218)

[2] Sub-CPU (U202)

Connected to the CPU (U221). Major


[9] Gate array (U204)

[10] Paper feed motor driver (U233)

[11] Carriage motor driver (U232) [7] Gate array (U208)

function is to control the paper feed motor and carriage motor.


[3] DRAM (U216)

[8] Gate array (U212) Data bus

[9] Gate array (U204)

2-Mbyte work area used to store temporary CPU data.


[4] FLASH ROM (U219)
LED light control circuit

Operated by a clock from the CPU (U221). Generates head drive pulse signals.
[10] Paper feed motor driver (U233)

Paper feed motor

Carriage motor Image data I/F (8-bit)

500-Kbyte ROM containing the control program.


[5] EEPROM (U218)

Generates paper feed motor drive signal.


[11] Carriage motor driver (U232)

Image data control communication I/F [12] Purge motor driver (U234)

8-Kbyte ROM used to store timer suction, dot count, waste ink count and other data.
[6] Reset IC (U227)

Generates carriage motor drive signal.


[12] Purge motor driver (U234)

Purge motor

Generates purge motor drive signal.


Carriage controller

BJ cartridges (Bk, C, M, Y)

Detects the voltage supplied to the engine controller at power ON or power


LED

interruption, and resets the CPU (U221).

Linear encoder

Figure 2-105 210 211

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

E. Engine controller Input/Output


1. Engine controller input/output (1/3)

2. Engine controller input/output (2/3)


Engine controller

Engine controller SW2 Front cover switch -2 -1 J2 -1 -2 Wiper solenoid SL1 -2 -1 J8 -1 -2 -2 -1 J1 -1 -8 -2 -5 -4 -3 -8 -7 -6 -7 -4 -5 -6 -1 -2 -3 J211 -1 DOOR_IN -2 J212 -1 +26V

When the front cover is opened, "1".

Paper feed motor

M1

J12 -1 -1 -2 -2 -3 -3 -4 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6

J203 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 J201 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6

+26V See the section on the "Paper feed Motor" (P. 2-58).

XA XAN XB XBN

-2 SOL_CONT* When "0", SL1 turns on. +5V -5 -4 PURHP_IN When the guide roller is -3 at home position, "1". +5V -8 -7 CRGHP_IN When the carriage is at -6 home position, "1".

+26V See the section on the "Carriage Motor" (P. 2-24).

Pump position sensor

PS1

-1 -2 -3 -1 -2 -3

Carriage motor

M2

YA YAN YB YBN

Home position sensor

PS2

Remaining ink sensor

PS3

J11 -1 -4 -2 -3 -4 -1 -3 -2

J213 +5V -5 -6 INKCONN* -8 INK1_IN* -7

Purge motor

M3

When "0", PS3 turns on. When there is no ink in the ink chamber, "0".

J9 -1 -1 -2 -2 -3 -3 -4 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6

J202 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6

PG_OUT1 PG_OUT2 PG_OUT3 PG_OUT4 PPOW_CONL PPOW_CONL

Rotation control signal

When "0", M3 rotates.

Ink tank sensor

PS4

-1 -2 -3

J10 -3 -1 -2 -2 -1 -3

+5V -11 -10 TANK -9

FM1

When no ink tank is installed, "1".

Suction fan

J5 -1 -1 -2 -2

J204 +26V -1 -2 FAN_CONT When "1", FM1 rotates.

PE senser

PS6

-1 -2 -3

J214 +5V -3 -2 MEDIA_IN* -1

When PS6 has detected paper, "0".


Cooling fan

FM2

J206 +26V -2 -3 FAN_CONT When "1", FM2 rotates. -1 FANSTS During rotation, "1".

Figure 2-106 Figure 2-107

212

213

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3. Engine controller input/output (3/3)

F. Summary of Operation
1. When the power switch is turned ON
Engine controller

Carriage controller J503 BJ cartridge (Bk)

AC connection

Bk
J504

Power switch (SW1) ON

BJ cartridge (C)

C
J505

J501 J208 J502 J207

Software initial check

CPU initialization ROM/RAM check EEPROM check

BJ cartridge (M)

M
J506

Normal? Yes BJ print head presence detection


J502 J207 -8 LSA -33 -9 LSB -32

No

Error indication E011xx E012xx E051xx

BJ cartridge (Y)

Y
J509 -3 -4 -2 -1 J510 -6 PS9 -4 -8 -7 -5 -3 -2

Linear sensor

PS8

-3 -1 -4 -5

+5V

Presence of BJ print head Head rank measurement

Rectanguler wave with phase difference of 90 input at the time of carriage movement.

Normal? Yes

No If there is no BJ print head, color (C, M, Y) warning and black (Bk) error are indicated.

Error indication E004xx W004xx

+26V +5V

Media sensor TH1

See"Media sensor" J502 J207 LEDB (page 2-28). LEDR REGOUT POUT -37 THERM_IN -4 Internal temperature -1 signal from thermistor

Front cover open/close detection

Closed? Yes

No

Message indication

Close the front cover

Figure 2-108

214

215

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. When media is loaded


A
Set media
Linear encoder check Home position detection Pump position detection Ink tank presence detection Remaining ink detection BJ print head reference position detection

Initial operation

Media presence detection

Present?
Normal? Yes No Error indication E003xx E005xx E007xx

No

Message indication

Yes Suction fan (FM1) Cooling fan (FM2) Rotation Always detect while the fan is rotating. Rotates for 60 sec. after detection of media. Set media.

Purge unit operation

Carry out only if the carriage is not at the home position when the power switch is turned ON.

Normal? Normal? Yes Media presence detection No Error indication E003xx E005xx E007xx Yes

No

Error indication E01501

Front cover open/close detection

Present? Yes Load the media

No

Message indication Closed? Yes

No

Message indication

See page 2-30 for details. Press the up or down arrow key.

Close the front cover.

Normal? Yes

No

Error indication E001xx E003xx E008xx E015xx Offline Load the media See page 2-30 for details.

Online

Normal? Yes Online

No

Error indication E001xx E003xx E008xx E015xx

216

217

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3. Printing A

Data reception

Check communication condition

Checking the time having been left

Normal? Yes

No

Error indication E052xx E053xx

Less than 72 hours from the previous purging?

No

Purge action

See page 2-48, 49, 50 for details.

Yes Normal? No Error indication E005xx

Front cover open/close detection Suction fan (FM1) Cooling fan (FM2) Rotation

Yes Always detected when rotating

Closed? Yes Media presence detection

No

Message indication

Close the front cover.

Normal? Yes

No

Error indication E01501

Present? Yes Load the media

No

Message indication

Data analysis

See page 2-30 for details.

Set media.

Normal? Yes

No

Warning indication W060xx W061xx W062xx W063xx W064xx W065xx W067xx

Normal? Yes

No

Error indication E001xx E003xx E008xx E015xx

218

219

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Printing started

Check print head

Always detected while printing

Normal? Yes End of printing

No

Error indication E004xx W004xx

Cut sheet media? Yes

No

Cutting operation

See page 2-38 for details.

Normal? Yes Feed the media to the printing end position.

No

Error indication E008xx

Move the carriage to the home position

Suction fan (FM1) and cooling fan (FM2) stopped.

Offline

Online

220

221

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

II. CARRIAGE UNIT


A. Outline
Figure 2-201 shows the composition of the carriage and its driving components. The driving force from the carriage motor (M2) is transmitted to the carriage through the carriage belt , causing the carriage to move back and forth over the paper. The distance it moves is controlled by counting the number of pulses of the signal transmitted from the engine controller to the carriage motor. The print signal from the engine controller is transmitted to the BJ print head mounted to the carriage, via the carriage controller.
[2] [1] [3] [11] [4]

No. [1] Linear scale

Name

Function Reference of printing position and print timing.

[2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

Carriage motor (M2) Home position sensor (PS2) * Remaining ink sensor (PS3) * Ink tank sensor (PS4) * Carriage

Moves the carriage back and forth. Detects the home position. Detects the ink level remaining in the ink tank. Detects presence of ink tank. Four BJ cartridges are mounted on the carriage and move back and forth by the driving force from the carriage motor (M2). Selects one of 3 distances between the head and platen.

[7]

Paper thickness adjustment lever

[8]

Cutter

Rises and lowers according to the movement of the carriage, cutting the roll media. Detects ink dot position when adjusting the print position alignment. Also detects internal temperature with a built-in thermistor. Transmits the driving force of the carriage motor (M2) to the carriage. Relays the print signals issued from the engine controller to the BJ print head. Conducts serial communication with the engine controller using the 4-bit slave CPU, and sends the internal temperature, head temperature and head rank information to the engine controller.

[9]

Media sensor (PS9)

[10] [5]

[10]

Carriage belt

[11] [6]

Carriage controller

* These sensors compose the purge unit. Table 2-201


[9] [8]

[7]

Figure 2-201

222

223

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Carriage Motor Control


1. Outline The carriage motor (M2) of this machine is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the back and forth movement of the carriage. The carriage motor (M2) is controlled by the engine controller, the main functions of which are shown below. Figure 2-202 is a block diagram of the carriage motor control circuit. [1] Carriage motor ON/OFF control [2] Carriage motor direction control [3] Carriage motor speed control [4] Carriage motor supply current control

b. Direction control The output timing of the motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) from the carriage motor driver is changed by the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-15) output from the CPU, to control the direction of the carriage motor (M2). c. Speed control The speed of the carriage motor (M2) is controlled by changing the frequency of the carriage motor current control signals (MTP9-11) and the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP1215) issued by the CPU. d. Supply current control

Engine controller PCB


D/A 1 MTP 9 Current MTP 10 control MTP 11 Vref 1

+26V

The 2 signals (Vref1, Vref2) output from the current control circuit are controlled by the carriage motor drive control signal (D/A1) output by the CPU, to control the current supplied to
YMA

the carriage motor (M2) by the carriage motor driver for stopping, holding, low-speed operation and high-speed operation. By changing the carriage motor supply current according to the current condition of the carriage motor (M2), the carriage motor (M2) is smoothly controlled. e. Detection of problems If a heavy load is placed on the carriage for any reason, the pulse signal output from the linear encoder will not be detected within a specified time. The engine controller interprets this as a problem with the carriage motor and stops it.

circuit

Vref 2

CPU

MTP 12 MTP 13 MTP 14 MTP 15

Carriage motor driver

YMAN YMB YMBN M2 Carriage motor

Figure 2-202 3. Detection of front cover open/closed 2. Operation a. ON/OFF control Carriage motor ON/OFF is controlled by the carriage motor driver control signal (MTP12-15) issued by the CPU to the carriage motor driver on the engine controller. When MTP12 - 15 are "0", the carriage motor driver generates motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) and the carriage motor (M2) is rotated by those pulses. On the other hand, when MTP12-15 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the carriage motor (M2) stops rotating. As a safety precaution against the front cover being opened while the carriage is operating, a front cover switch (SW2) is provided. When the front cover is opened, the front cover switch is turned OFF, the carriage motor (M2) drive voltage (+26V) is cut off after printing 1 band, and the carriage motor stops.

224

225

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Linear Encoder
1. Outline A linear encoder is installed on the printer to allow checking the carriage operation and adjusting the dot placement position on the paper. When the carriage is returning, after the home position sensor (PS2) turns ON and the carriage has travelled an additional 12mm, that position is considered the home position. 2. Structure
LED

Light emitting unit

Linear sensor Light sensing unit

Carriage controller
J502

Engine controller

-3
Photo Comparator diode
A A B B

+5V J214 -8 -9 Gate array

LSA LSB

Signal processing circuit

-4 -2

Lens

-1

Linear scale

LSA/LSB

Carriage controller

LSA LSB

LSA LSB
Position When carriage is advancing Position When carriage is retracting

1/360 inch

Linear sensor

Figure 2-204
Linear scale

Figure 2-203

4. Control The engine controller controls and checks as follows, based on the A and B-phase b. Carriage operation The LSA signal has a phase difference of -90 to the LSB signal when the carriage is advancing and a phase difference of +90 when the carriage is returning, enabling the engine controller to control the carriage operation and direction. a. Ink discharge timing c. Carriage position The carriage position is detected by counting the LSA rising edges when the carriage is advancing and the LSA falling edges when the carriage is returning.

[1] Linear scale Slits are printed at an interval of about 1/360 inch on a polyethylene telephthalate sheet. [2] Linear sensor Composed of a light emitting diode and photo diode, the sensor reads the slit pattern on the linear scale and outputs a 2-phase rectangular wave. 3. Output signal When the linear sensor moves along the linear scale, the photo diode detects the light coming through the slit pattern and outputs 4 signals (A, A, B, B) to the signal processing circuit. Two comparators output rectangular waves (LSA, LSB) with a phase difference of 90.

signals (LSA, LSB). Control of ink discharge timing Control of carriage operation Detection of carriage position

The LTCLK signal is generated synchronously with the rising edge of the LSA pulse when the carriage advances, and with the falling edge of the LSA pulse when the carriage returns, so that the ink dot position is properly adjusted on the paper.

226

227

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

D. Media Sensor
1. Outline The printer is provided with a media sensor to detect the width and skew of the paper, the internal temperature, and to enable automatic head adjustment. The media sensor is located on the carriage unit and composed of a red and a blue LED and one reflective photo sensor. When automatically adjusting the head, to detect the cyan line pattern, the red LED is lit, and to detect the black, magenta and yellow line patterns, the blue LED is lit.
Engine controller
J508 REGLEDR -10 J214 -31 D/A-C J214 -32

3. Skew detection By comparing the detected right edge position of the paper after a certain volume of paper has been fed, with the position of the right edge detected during the paper width detection operation, paper skew can be detected. [1] Roll media After the paper width detection, the paper is fed for approximately 300mm to detect skew.
Media sensor
+24V J504 -1

Carrriage controller

Roll media Skew detection

LED lighting circuit (red)

LEDR

Red

300mm Paper width detection

J508 REGLEDB - 9 J508 -7 THERM_IN

CPU

J214 J214 -37

LED lighting circuit (blue)

J504 -7 J504 -6

Blue
LEDB POUT THERME

AMP TH1

Figure 2-206 [2] Cut sheets After the paper width detection, the paper is reverse fed for approx. 300mm for the first skew detection. The paper is then fed further back, and when the rear edge passes the media sensor, the paper is fed back for approx. 50mm from the leading edge and a second skew detection takes place. However, if the leading edge passes by the media sensor before the paper is fed for approx. 300mm, the paper is returned approx. 50mm from that position, and skew detection is conducted.
Cut sheet Paper width detection Approx. 300mm

Figure 2-205 2. Paper width detection When paper is picked up, the blue LED in the media sensor are switched on, and if the reflected light level is insufficient, the red LED also is switched on. The carriage is moved while lighting the proper LEDs (blue, red or both) and the right edge of the paper is detected when the carriage advances and the left edge when returning. The output pulses from the linear encoder are counted from when the carriage leaves the home position until the paper edges are detected, and the paper width is determined from the difference between the counted values at the time of advancing and returning. When the paper width is less than 250.0mm, an error code is displayed on the operation panel. If the right or left edge of the paper is detected as out of the reference position by more than 5mm, an error code (E00162) is indicated.

Paper width detection Skew detection 1 Approx. 50mm Skew detection 2 Approx. 50mm Skew detection

Figure 2-207 228 229

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

If the skew value is more than the specified amount, the paper is determined to be skewed. The skew value here is the divergence between the paper's right edge at the time of paper width detection and the right edge at the time of skew detection. When paper skew is detected, the printer returns the carriage to the home position and stops operation.
Cut sheet loading sequence Loading started Roll media loading sequence Loading started

4. Light compensation The media sensor brightness is automatically compensated for at the time of paper width detection and automatic print position adjustment. The carriage is advanced for approx. 200mm, the light quantity on the paper is compensated for in the order of blue and red, and then the light quantity on the platen is compensated for in the order of blue and red. 5. Auto band adjustment Errors in band placement due to mechanical tolerances of the head nozzles and media feeding system can be automatically corrected.

Leading edge detection

Leading edge detection*

a. Pattern
Paper width detection Paper width detection

First, 2 ruled lines are printed using 10 nozzles from among 160 nozzles of the BJ print head, from the 4th one from both ends to the 14th one (pattern 1). The interval between the centers of these 2 rule lines corresponds to 144 nozzles. Then, the media is sent ahead for the distance corresponding to 144 nozzles and 3 ruled lines (pattern 2) are printed. The paper feed motor rotates twice for the above process (3200 steps). Finally, the media is again advanced a distance corresponding to 144 nozzles, and one ruled line (pattern 3) is printed. This printing of patterns 1 to 3 is repeated 5 times. b. Measurement and adjustment
Skewed feed error processed

Paper is fed backward approx. 300mm

Paper is fed foward approx. 300 mm Skewed feed detection

Paper leading edge detection

No Skewed feed detection No

Yes

Normal? Yes

Normal? Yes Leading edge detection

No Loading completed

The interval between ruled lines A and B of pattern 1 is measured, and then the interval between ruled line A of pattern 1 and ruled line A of pattern 2 is measured. The intervals are compared, and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.

* For continuous printing of roll paper, this process is performed only when "Cut" in "Auto Cut" is selected. Approx. 50mm of paper
from the leading edge is fed

Similarly, the interval between ruled lines B and C of pattern 2 and the interval between ruled line B of pattern 2 and ruled line A of the pattern 3 are measured. The intervals are compared and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.

Skewed feed detection

Pattern 1

A
Normal? Yes Loading completed
Skewed feed error processed

No
3 nozzles 5 nozzles 144 nozzles

Pattern 2

A C

B A
Pattern 3

Figure 2-208 230

5 nozzles 3 nozzles

Fig2-209 231

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

6. Automatic print position adjustment When cartridges are installed on the carriage, the nozzle positions of the cartridges may be displaced, causing displacement of dots of different colors on the paper. The automatic print position adjustment compensates for this displacement. The head is automatically adjusted vertically (paper feeding) and horizontally (carriage movement) as follows. a. Vertical adjustment (paper feed) The line patterns for 1 band in the horizontal direction are printed in the order of black, cyan, magenta, and yellow as the carriage moves backward and forward. Then black lines for 1 band are printed as the carriage moves backward. This process is repeated 15 times. The distance between the center of the second black line patterns and the center of the color pattern is measured for each of the 15 sets, the average value is calculated, and the calibration value is determined. b. Horizontal adjustment (carriage movement) As before, line patterns in the vertical direction are printed, and the distance between the center values of the black line patterns and color patterns are measured and divided into 29 intervals, the average value is calculated to determine the compensation value. Theoretically the horizontal adjustment is accurate to 1/270 dot. The adjustment covers 6 cases as follows. (1) The tolerances of the carriage drive components can cause the positions of ink dots on the media to shift. The printer detects the shifted value of the black line pattern with medium drops printed as the carriage moves forward with a drive frequency of 7.2kHz, and corrects the standard position where ink is placed. (2) When the carriage moves forward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted. (3) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted. (4) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed with large drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted. (5) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and backward at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the line pattern is adjusted. (6) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and backward at a drive frequency of 14.4kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.

CAUTION Whenever a BJ print head is removed and reinstalled, or the head-to-paper gap is adjusted, the automatic print position adjustment must be conducted.

Vertical adjustment

15 14 13 Forward printing 1 Backward printing Forward printing Forward printing : Black : Cyan : Magenta : Yellow Backward rinting

Backforwad printing

Horizontal adjustment

14.4kHz Black : medium dots 1st printing is forward 2nd printing is backward 7.2kHz Black : medium dots 1st printing is forward 2nd printing is backward Printed backward at 7.2kHz Black: large dots

Printed backward at 7.2kHz Black: small dots

Printed forward at 7.2kHz Black: small dots

Printed forward at 7.2kHz Black : medium dots 29 28 2 1

Figure 2-210 233

232

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

E. Detection of the Ink Tank


1. Outline The printer has an ink tank detection function. When an ink tank is not installed, an error message appears on the message display and the ink and head condition is indicated by a blinking hyphen (""). 2. Method of detecting the ink tank The presence of the ink tank is detected by the ink tank detection sensor (PS4) installed on the purge unit when the carriage returns to the home position, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. The ink tank detection sensor uses a reflective type photo sensor. The existence of the ink tank is detected by whether or not light is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank. When the ink tank is installed, light from the sensor is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank and returns to the light receiving unit, causing the ink tank detection signal (TANK) to be "0". When no ink tank is installed, light is not reflected back to the light receiving unit, and the ink tank detection signal (TANK) becomes "1". Figure 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.

F. Remaining Ink Detection


1. Outline The printer has a remaining ink detection function. The remaining ink is detected at 2 levels. When the ink in the ink tank chamber is used up, the ink condition on the message display is shown in lower case letters. If the ink in the tank's sponge is used up, when the printing of that page is completed, the ink condition on the message display is indicated by a hyphen (""). The ink condition indications are shown in Table 2-202.

Display Capital letters Lower case letters Hyphen ("") Blinking hyphen

Condition Ink is sufficient No ink in ink chamber No ink in chamber and sponge No ink tank

Table 2-202

Figure 2-211

234

235

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. Method of detecting remaining ink The ink remaining in the ink chamber is detected by the remaining ink sensor (PS3) installed on the purge unit, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black when the carriage returns to the home position. The remaining ink sensor (PS3) uses a reflective prism. The light from the sensor is reflected back by the prism in the bottom of the ink tank, and returns to the light receiving unit. When there is ink in the chamber, the light is absorbed by the ink and does not reflect back to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When there is no ink in the chamber, the light is reflected back by the prism to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) changes from "1" to "0". When the ink tank is not installed, there is no prism, the light is not returned to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When the ink in the chamber is exhausted, remaining ink is calculated by counting dots. The number of ink dots discharged from the head are counted by the gate array on the engine controller and the counted value is sent to the CPU for each band. The CPU adds the dot counts sent to it and the number of suction times (number of sucked dots) and the total is stored in the EEPROM. When the total number of ink dots reaches a specified value (the amount of ink held by the sponge), the indication of the ink status on the message display is changed. Fig. 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process. Ink tank detection/remaining ink detection flow chart
Counted dot total stored (EEPROM) Counted dot values added (CPU) Dot count (gate array)
No
Ink tank's ink chamber empty?

Ink tank detection

Is there an ink tank?


Yes

No

Error Message indication

Remaining ink detection

Yes

State indication is displayed in lower-case letters.

Dot counting started

The recovded dot count total returns to 0 when the ink tank is replaced.

ink chamber

No

Has the specified volume been consumed based on the dot count total?
Yes No

Ink/head status indicated by hyphen

Figure 2-213

Figure 2-212 236 237

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

G. Cutter Unit
1. Outline The Cutter unit is installed on the carriage. As the carriage moves, the cutter lowers, cutting the roll media. The Cutter unit is moved up and down along the slope of the platen to prevent cutting failure, and a paper retainer is provided to cut the paper while compensating its slackness or unevenness. To maintain cutting quality, the blade position can be switched through 5 stages by turning a dial. For safety, the Cutter unit is designed not to be removed from the carriage when the cutter blade is out.

2. Cutting operation When roll media is cut, the carriage advances to the left side of the platen and the cutter hook is released by the cutter guide at the left edge of the guide rail. The cutter is lowered by its spring. The carriage cuts the roll media while returning, and the cutter rises along the cutter slope on the right side of the guide rail and is stored there.
Cutter unit Cutter release section

III. BJ CARTRIDGE
A. BJ Cartridge
1. Overview Four colors of BJ cartridges are used in this printer: black (Bk), cyan (C), magenta (M), and yellow (Y). The BJ print head and ink tank are separable for each color. 2. Structure Configuration of the BJ cartridge is shown below.

[13]

[1] [2]

[12]

[3] [8] [4] [7]

REFERENCE Roll media is cut as follows. After new roll media is picked up, 80mm is cut to straighten the front edge. After the roll media is printed, the rear edge is cut. When the FORCE CUT function is executed, the roll media is cut.

Cutter

[11] [10] [5]

[9] [6]

Paper

Platen

Figure 2-301

Figure 2-214

238

239

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

No. [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]

Name Tank packing Ink filter Cartridge body Ink pipe Ink guide Head packing Wiper cleaner Head unit Head holder

Function Seals between the ink tank and ink pipe to prevent leakage. Filters the ink to prevent foreign matter from entering the ink passage. A case accommodating and connecting the head unit and ink tank. Passage between ink tank and ink guide Passage between the ink pipe and head unit Seals between the ink guide and BJ head unit to prevent ink from leaking. Wipes off ink attached to the wiper. Accepts ink from the ink guide and discharges ink by the print signal. A holder to mount the head unit through the ink guide. A case accommodating the ink sponge Feeds the ink from the ink sponge to the ink pipe under constant pressure Sponge soaked with ink A hole and groove on the plate and label stuck to it compose an atmospheric air passage between the inside and outside of the ink tank. It prevents pressure variations in the cartridge, due to ink consumption or environmental conditions, for stable supply of ink to the head unit. Table 2-301

3. BJ print head Ink from the ink sponge is filtered through the mesh-like ink filter and fed to the head unit through the ink pipe of the cartridge body. The ink is then sent to the nozzle through the joint pipe. When head drive current flows to the heater plate in the nozzle, the ink boils in multiple bubbles, which soon become one bubble. The head drive current is stopped before the ink drop leaves the nozzle, but bubbling continues from residual heat in the heater, and ink drops are ejected from the nozzle hole. After the ink drops are ejected from the nozzle, the nozzle is filled with ink again from the ink sponge due to capillary action.

REFERENCE The print head uses semiconductor technology, with the heaters and their circuits on a silicon plate. The silicon plate, with these electrical circuits, is bonded to an aluminum plate, which is attached to the plastic cover housing the nozzles.
Signal circuit Print board

[10] Tank body [11] Ink supplier [12] Ink sponge [13] Atmospheric air passage plate

Ultra thin wire connecting section Protective bond for wire connecting section Silicone plate Aluminum base plate Large heater Small heater Bubble jet nozzle The heater power is applied The heater power continues The heater power is shut off The bubble shrinks and an ink drop is formed Ink drops are ejected

Ink flow from the ink sponge

Ink filter Joint pipe Plastic cover Common ink chamber Face plate (Part of plastic cover)

Figure 2-302 240 241

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

4. Nozzle arrangement 160 nozzles are arranged vertically in one line at a spacing of 1/360 in. Nozzle arrangement on the BJ print head is shown below.

B. BJ Print head Drive


1. Construction of electric head unit The figure below is a block diagram of the BJ print head drive control circuit.

VH RANK GNDH SUBH ODD EVEN ODATA Rank resistance

Nozzle 1

Sub-heater X2 * Heater 1A Heater 1B Heater 2A Heater 2B Heater 3A Heater 3B 3B Heater 5A 5 5A Heater 7A 320-bit Tr.Array

1A 1B

2 HSEL1A HSEL1B HSEL2A HSEL2B HENB1A HENB1B HENB2A HENB2B 3

2A 2B 3A

Nozzle 160
160bit Shift register 160-bitLatch 160

7A

Figure 2-303

9A 9B

Heater 9A Heater 9B

112

In the monochrome mode, 1 band is printed at a maximum width of 160 nozzles (approximately 11.3mm) . However, in color mode, 4 BJ print heads are used, and the printer must compensate for variations in discharge due to each printhead installation tolerance and nozzle tolerance. For this reason, though the head is composed of 160 nozzles, one band has a width corresponding to 144 nozzles at the maximum (about 10.2mm), and the particular nozzles used on the printhead of each color are determined each time that Auto Adjust of the Adjustment menu is executed.

112B TA 113 VDD GNDL 159 159B 160 IODATA DCLK RESET LTCLK DIR Serial transfer unit HSEL1A HSEL1B HSEL2A HSEL2B HENB1A HENB1B HENB2A HENB2B 160A 160B 113A 113B

Heater 112B Heater 113A Heater 113B

Heater 159B Heater 160A Heater 160B

BENB0 BENB1

2 4 Decoder

0 1 2 3

DIA Head temperature sensor DIK

* Heater A: Large heater Heater B: Small heater

Figure 2-304

242

243

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

160-bit shift register The serial ODATA signal from the engine controller is converted to parallel image data using the DCLK signal timing. 160-bit latch Outputs image data transferred from the 160-bit shift register using the LTCLK signal timing.

Sub-heater Head temperature adjusting heater for stable ink efection. The engine controller drives the subheater according to the temperature detected by the head temperature sensor and internal temperature thermistor (TH1) in the media sensor (PS9), and the print mode. Rank resistance

2. Print signal The BJ print head is controlled as follows.


Approx. 70s (14.4kHz)/ Approx. 130s (7.7kHz) LTCLK ODATA DCLK ODD EVEN BENB 0 BENB 1 HSEL 1A,1B HSEL 2A,2B HENB 1A,1B HENB 2A,2B 1 block
0 1 2 3 4 160

Data transfer to shift register

1(0)

0(1) 1(0)

1(0)

0(1) 0(1)

1(0)

0(1) 1(0)

1(0)

0(1) 0(1)

Drive of head divided into 8

1(0)

0(1)

2 4 decoder BENB0 and BENBI signals are used to create 4 timing signals to heat all heaters. AND gates These gates combine and outpt the parallel image data (IDATA), the timing signals generated from the 24 decoder, and the ODD, EVEN, HSEL and HENB signals. 320-bit transistor array Supplies power to the heaters, as controlled by the outputs of the AND gates. Heater-boards 1A - 160B The heaters inside the nozzles are heated when power is supplied. Two types of heaters, large and small, are used in each nozzle. Ink discharge varies depending on the combination of the power supply to the 2 heaters.

Variation of heater characteristics of each head is classified into 24 ranks. The engine controller reads the resistance values as voltage values at the A/D port of the CPU, in order to provide the best discharge control for each head. Head temperature sensor Changes in temperature which occur due to the ink flow rate in the nozzles are detected with a diode. The engine controller reads the head temperature sensor output voltage at the A/D port of the CPU and converts it to a digital temperature for discharge control and over heating protection. Serial transfer unit Transmits data in both directions using the data input/output terminal (IODATA).

1(0)

0(1)

Variable pulse width

Pre-pulse Main pulse

Figure 2-305 The image data (ODATA) transmitted to the shift register using the DCLK timing is transferred to the latch using the LTCLK timing by the signal from the linear encoder. The BENB0 and BENBI signals are divided into 4 signals by the 24 decoder and the nozzles are controlled in 4 groups. The HSEL1 and HSEL 2 signals also control the nozzles in 4 groups. Finally, each block is further divided into 2 by the ODD and EVEN signals and the nozzles are divided into 8 groups. By dividing the head drive in this way, the power supply load is reduced and ink filling delays are prevented. The HENB signals use a pre-pulse to increase the head temperature to a proper value before the main pulse discharges the ink. The pulse widths are varied according to the head rank and head temperature sensor for an even ink discharge rate. These signals are input to the AND gates together with the image data (ODATA) and each heater is driven by the output. The HSEL and HENB signals correspord to heaters large and small. By combining these signals in the various ways, the volume of ink discharged from the nozzles is controlled to form 3 drop sizes as follows: Large dot: Both large and small heaters are driven. Middle dot: Only large heater is driven. Small dot: Only small heater is driven.

244

245

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

IV. PURGE UNIT


A. Outline
The purge unit provides both a capping function to prevent the head from drying out, and to prevent dust and other foreign substances from attaching, as well as a head cleaning function to maintain the print head's condition. These functions are controlled by the purge motor (M3) and the wiper solenoid (SL1).
[2] [3]

The purge unit is composed of the units below.


No. [1] Wiper Name Function Lifts up when the carriage returns and wipes ink off the head surfaces (C, M, Y, Bk). Detects ink remaining in the ink tank. Detects presence of ink tank. Press against the heads when capping and purging. The caps are connected to the carriage tube to carry the purged waste ink into the tube. Detects the capping position of the carriage. Rotates the pump roller. Detects the pump roller capping position.

[2] [3] [4]

Remaining ink sensor (PS3)* Ink tank sensor (PS4) Caps


*

[1]

[5]

Home position sensor (PS2)* Purge motor (M3) Pump home position sensor (PS1)

[4] [5]

[6] [7]

[8] [9] [10]

Pump roller Waste ink carriage tube Wiper solenoid (SL1) Waste ink absorber unit

Generates suction by squeezing the ink carriage tube. Carries waste ink to the waste ink absorber unit. Raises the wiper. Connected to the waste ink carriage tube. Accumulates waste ink.

[11] [10]

[11]

* Refer to "II. Carriage unit" for details of these sensors. Table 2-401
[8] [7] [6]

[9]

Figure 2-401

246

247

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Purge operation is carried out in the following steps. a. Purge sequence when powered ON (Ink consumed: approx. 0.5g) b. Purge sequence when user cleaning is executed (Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)

c. Purge sequence when printing (Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)


Data reception

A
72 hours elapsed after the last discharge No Printing started Yes Suction Wiping Wiping

Power switch (SW1) ON

User cleaning

Suction Is carriage at home position? No Uncapping Uncapping Yes Carriage initial operations Move the carriage to the home position Carriage initial operations Suction Suction Capping Capping Stand by for 2 sec. Wait for 2 sec. Suction Wipe twice Wiping twice Wiping Maintenance jet Uncapping Uncapping Suction Stand-by Suction Capping Capping Stand-by Capping Suction Maintenance jet Maintenance jet Wiping Printing ended Maintenance jet Maintenance jet

Capping

Capping

Stand-by

248

249

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

d. Purge sequence at the time of head replacement/ink tank replacement (Ink consumed : approx, 0.65g)

B. Capping Function
1. Outline The carriage of this machine stands by at the home position. Duming this time, the caps of the purge unit are pressed against the BJ print heads to prevent the nozzles from drying out and to keep out dust. 2. Operation When printing is completed, the carriage is returned to the home position and all the caps are lifted and pushed against the head face. The caps are lifted and lowered by the movement of the

Replace the head or ink tank

A
Suction of appropriate head

carriage.

Wiping

Uncapping

Maintenance jet

Suction

Suction

Figure 2-402
Capping Capping

Stand by for about 2 sec.

Stand-by

250

251

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Head Cleaning
1. Outline Head cleaning consists of wiping ink and dust from the head face plate, maintenance jet to adjust the head conditions, and sucking up the ink and air bubbles in the nozzles. 2. Wiping a. Outline When the carriage moves backward the wiper solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and lifts the wiper up and wipes the ink from the head surfaces. Ink attached to the wiper is absorbed by the wiper cleaner of the BJ print head.

b. Operation 1) Before starting the printing process, the carriage is moved to the specified position on the left side of the wiper. The wiper solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and the wiper is lifted up. 2) The carriage is moved in reverse, and ink attached to the head (Y) surface is wiped off. The ink on the wiper is wiped off by the wiper cleaner installed in the BJ print head.

3) The carriage continues moving in backward direction, wiping the Y head, M head, C head and Bk head. 4) After wiping the Bk head, the wiper solenoid is turned OFF and the wiper is lowered. 5) The carriage is moved onto the purge unit and carries out the maintenance jet to the caps.

c. Timing Wiping is conducted under the following conditions. [1] Before printing Before the printing process is started, the wiping is carried out once. [2] After the suction operations After completion of suction, the caps are released and wiping is carried out once. [3] Dot count wiping The number of dots of ink discharged from each head since the start of printing is counted. When the count for a certain head exceeds the specified value, the head is wiped after the current printing of a band is completed. The count value is cleared to 0 when printing is started and after wiping.

Carriage moves in backward direction

REFERENCE When the drive frequency is 14.4kHz, only the Bk head is wiped.

BJ print head Wiper Wiper cleaner

Carriage moves in backward direction

3. Maintenance jet a. Outline Pre-discharge refers to discharging ink onto the cap for the purpose of removing ink which has dried and thickened in the nozzles, preventing the mixing of ink at the head after wiping, or adjusting the condition of the nozzles before starting to print. Maintenance jet uses large dots.

Figure 2-404 Figure 2-403

252

253

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

b. Timing Ink is ejected into the caps in the order of the heads (Bk, C, M and Y) under the following conditions. [1] When printing is to be started Just before printing is started, maintenance jet is performed. [2] During printing The timing of the maintenance jet during printing is based on the internal temperature detected by the thermister in the media sensor. The maintenance jet timer is reset after the maintenance jet is conducted. [3] After wiping After wiping, ink is pre-discharged into the caps. However, when the drive frequency is 14.4kHz, it is not conducted.

4. Suction a. Outline The cap is pressed against the head and the thickened ink and air bubbles in the nozzles are removed by suction. The cap is connected to the waste ink absorber unit by the waste ink carriage tube. Removed ink is carried to the waste ink absorber unit by vacuum. Each application of suction removes, about 0.2g of ink. b. Operation Suction operation is classified into allcolor suction, color suction and black suction. Suction is effected by rotating the guide roller, which is driven by the purge motor (M3) in the purge unit. The guide roller position is detected by the pump home position sensor (PS1). The position where the guide roller has rotated 40 degrees from the pump home position is considered to be the guide roller stand- by position. When the guide roller is rotated for capping, the cam starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube at a point 43 degrees from the pump home position.

After the guide roller has rotated 160 degrees, it is stopped for about 2 seconds. The waste ink carriage tube which was squeezed recovers during this period, and suction is generated, sucking ink from the color head nozzles. The guide roller then rotates 223 degrees, where the cam for the black head starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube. After the guide roller has rotated 340 degrees, it is stopped for about 3 seconds, while the waste ink carriage tube recovers, sucking ink from the black head nozzles. The guide roller then, rotates to the home position. When sucking only color ink, the black ink cap is released, so that no black suction occurs. After printing is completed, the caps of all the heads are released, and the guide roller is rotated 4 times to move ink that has accumulated in the waste ink carriage tube to the waste ink absorber unit.
Guide roller Head Cap Pressurizing cam (for black ink) Carriage tube Pressurizing 70 cam (for color ink) 40 Actuator Purge position sensor Purge motor

c. Timing [1] User cleaning 1 The user can perform the cleaning operation for all heads. One suction operation occurs for all heads. [2] User cleaning 2 The user can perform the cleaning operation for the Bk head. One suction operation occurs for the Bk head. [3] User cleaning 3 When an ink tank is removed and then reinstalled, the user can perform the cleaning operation for at head. Three suction operations occur for the corresponding head. [4] Suction for a replaced ink tank When an ink tank is replaced, head cleaning is conducted. Three suction operations occur for all heads, color head, or the Bk head. [5] Suction for replaced BJ print head When a BJ print head is replaced, head cleaning is conducted. Four suction operations occur for all heads.

Waste ink tank

M3

Figure 2-405 254 255

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

[6] Suction by timer If 72 hours elapse with no suction operations, head cleaning will be carried out in the next standby mode. One suction operation occurs for the corresponding head. [7] Suction by dot count The number of dots of ink discharged since the last suction operation is counted and stored in the RAM on the engine controller. When this dot count exceeds the specified value, head cleaning operations are conducted after the completion of printing. The dot count is cleared to 0 after each suction operation, and when the BJ print head is replaced. One suction operation occurs for the corresponding head.

D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit


1. Waste ink absorber unit Waste ink is removed from the head nozzles by the suction operation, sent to the waste ink absorber unit through the waste ink carriage tube by vacuum, and absorbed by the waste ink absorber unit. The waste ink level is measured by counting dots. When the specified count is exceeded, a warning message indicating a full waste ink absorber unit is shown on the message display, and the printer is stopped after completion of the current printing process. CAUTION After the waste ink absorber unit is replaced, the dot count for the waste ink absorber unit should always be cleared in the service mode. When replacing the engine controller, be sure to follow the procedures on page 5-12, to allow the count stored in the EEPROM to be renewed.

V. FEEDER UNIT
A. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) drives the paper feed roller to feed the paper. The existence of paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6). A diagram of the feeder unit is shown below.
[2] [3]

[1]

[1] Paper feed roller [2] Pinch roller unit [3] PE sensor (PS6) [4] Paper feed motor (M1)

[4]

Figure 2-501

256

257

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Paper Feed Motor Control


1. Outline The paper feed motor (M1) is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the rotation of the paper feed roller. The paper feed motor is controlled by the engine controller. Its major functions are shown below. Figure 2-502 is a block diagram of the paper feed motor control circuit. [1] Paper feed motor ON/OFF control [2] Paper feed motor rotation direction control [3] Paper feed motor rotation speed control [4] Paper feed motor supply current control

b. Control of rotation direction The output timing of the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed motor driver is controlled by the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7) output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver, in order to control the rotation direction of the paper feed motor (M1). c. Control of rotation speed By changing the frequency of the paper feed motor current control signals (MTP 1 to 3) output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver and the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7), the rotation speed of the paper feed motor (M1) is controlled.

Engine controller
D/A 0 Vref 1 MTP 1 Current MTP 2 control circuit Vref 2 MTP 3

+26V
d. Supply current control By changing the combination of 2 signals (Vref 1, Vref 2) output from the current control circuit by the paper feed motor drive control signal (D/A 0) output from the CPU, the current output from the paper feed motor driver to the paper feed motor is set up for stopping, holding, low speed rotation and high speed rotation. The paper feed motor supply current is changed according to the rotation condition of the paper feed motor for smooth rotation.

XMA Paper feed motor driver XMAN XMB XMBN M1 Paper feed motor

CPU

MTP 4 MTP 5 MTP 6 MTP 7

Figure 2-502

2. Operation a. ON/OFF control The feed motor is switched ON and OFF by the paper feed motor driver control signal (MTP 4 to 7) issued by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver on the engine controller. When MTP 4 to 7 are "0", the paper feed motor (M1) rotates when the paper feed motor driver generates the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed motor drive control signal (MTP 4 to 7) input from the CPU. When MTP 4 to 7 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the paper feed motor (M1) stops rotating.

258

259

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Feeding Operation
1. Outline Paper feeding is classified into three modes as follows : Paper loading Paper feeding during printing Paper delivery By setting paper at the pinch roller and pushing the up or down arrow key, the paper feed motor (M1) rotates and sets up the paper. When data is received and printing is started, the paper is fed forward 1 band width at a time. 2. Loading paper a. Cut sheet 1) When paper is set at the pinch roller and the PE sensor (PS6) detects the paper, the suction fan turns on to suck the paper onto the platen, preventing the paper from lifting away from the platen during printing. 2) By pressing the up or down arrow key, the carriage advances about 200mm and adjustes the light of the media sensor (PS9). At the same time, the paper feed motor (M1) is rotated to feed the paper forward about 30mm and detects whether the paper is cut sheet or roll media using the PE sensor (PS6). Thereafter paper is fed backward and the media trailing edge sensor (PS6) detects the rear edge of the paper.

3) The carriage is returned to the home position and the paper width is detected. 4) The carriage is advanced to a position about 200mm to the left of the home position, the paper is fed backward, and the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew of the paper.
ON LINE

b. Roll media 1) When the paper is set and the media trailing edge sensor detects the paper, the suction fan operates to suck the paper on to the platen. This prevents the paper from lifting away from the platen during printing. 2) By pressing the upper or down arrow

REFERENCE Paper length detection is not conducted for roll media. After loading the paper, it can be fed back and forth by pressing the up and down arrow keys. After completion of printing on roll media, the carriage is moved to detect the top edge of the paper, to make sure the cutting operation was successful.

Media sensor
(PS9)

key, the carriage is advanced about 200mm to adjust the light of the media sensor (PS9). At the same time, the paper feed motor (M1) is rotated, feeding the paper forward about 30mm. Whether the paper is cut sheet or roll media is detected by the media trailing edge sensor. 3) The carriage is returned to the home position and the paper width is detected. 4) After the carriage is advanced to a position about 200mm to the left of the home position, paper is fed backward and the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew of the paper. Thereafter paper is fed backward. When the paper front edge passes through the media sensor (PS9), the paper feeding stops after switch-back operation.

Approx.30mm

PE sensor (PS6)

Media sensor
(PS9)

3. Paper feeding during printing Paper is fed during printing, alternately with the carriage. When print data is received, the paper is fed to the print start position and then the carriage moves to print 1 band. During the printing operation, the paper feed motor (M1) stops. After printing 1 band, the paper feed motor rotates and feeds the paper forward for the next band. While the paper is being fed, the carriage motor (M2) stops. Then the next band is printed. This feeding cycle of stop, rotation and stop of the paper feed motor (M1) is repeated unit the final band is printed. When there is no data to be printed for the next band, the paper is fed to reach the next position for a band containing data.

PE sensor (PS6)

Figure 2-503 5) The paper is fed further backward. When the paper front end passes by the carriage's media sensor (PS9) , the carriage stops after a switch-back operation. Before the media sensor detects the paper front edge, the paper length is determined by counting the clock pulses sent to the paper feed motor (M1).

Media sensor (PS9)

PE sensor (PS6)

Figure 2-504 261

260

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

4. Feeding operation For cut sheets, the paper is fed until the paper rear edge reaches a position 3mm behind the pinch roller, after printing is completed. When roll media is cut, the paper is fed to the position to be cut. When roll media is not cut, the paper is fed to the position where the next printing will start. 5. PE sensor Existence of paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6) installed on the lower right side of the platen. The sensor is a reflective-type photo interruptor. It detects the existence of paper and the rear edge of the paper by the existence of light reflected from the paper.

VI. FAN
The two fans shown in the figure below function as shown in Table 2-601.

FM2 FM1

Figure 2-601

PE sensor (PS6)

Symbol FM1 FM2

Name Suction fan Cooling fan

Fan direction Suction Suction

Function Pulls the paper onto the platen to prevent it from floating up. Discharges the heat generated by the DC power supply unit.

Figure 2-505 Table 2-601

262

263

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Suction fan (FM1) When the PE sensor detects the paper, the fan drive signal (FAN_CONT) changes to "1" and the suction fan (FM1) runs. The suction fan continues to run constantly while the paper is being transported during the printing operation, to prevent the paper from floating away from the platen. However, if the platen does not carry the media even though the PE sensor detects the media, the suction fan stops after 60 seconds. To carry the paper after the suction fan stops, the printer starts the suction fan again and starts the carriage operation.

VII. POWER SUPPLY


A. Power Supply Outline
Figure 2-701 is a block diagram which shows the power supply system for the printer.

Power switch SW1 AC100 to 240 V

+5V

Switch Paper Feed motor Carriage motor Purge motor Solenoid Fan motor Sensors

Cooling fan (FM2) The cooling fan (FM2) runs at the same time as the suction fan (FM1), discharging the air heated by the DC power supply, to prevent the power supply from overheating. If the cooling fan rotation signal (FANSTS) is not detected while the cooling fan is running, error code "E01501" is indicated on the message display.

+26V +26V +26V +26V +26V +26V +5V +5V +24V

Engine controller FM1 Suction Fan FM2 Cooling Fan


J5 -1 -2 -1 -2 J204 -1
+

+26V
N F

DC power supply
+5V

Engine controller +5V

-2 J206 -1 -2 -3

+5V

BJ cartridge

FANSTS
+5V

+5V Carriage Controller +5V +26V +5V Media sensor

FAN_CONT

+26V

Linear sensor

+5V

Figure 2-602

Image controller

+5V

Operation panel

Figure 2-701

264

265

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Power Circuit
1. AC power supply By plugging in the power cord and turning the power switch (SW1) ON, AC power is supplied to the DC power supply PCB. 2. DC power supply When the power cord is plugged in and the power switch (SW1) is turned ON, the DC power supply rectifies the supplied AC power, decreases the voltage, and smoothes and supplies +26.5V5% and +5.1V5% DC power. The carriage controller decreases the voltage of the power supplied from the DC power supply from +26V to +24V and supplies power to the BJ cartridge. DC power of +24V for driving the head (VH), +5V (HV5) for the HEAT signal, and +5V (R5V) for the rank signal are supplied to the BJ cartridge. The output is controlled by the engine controller.

C. Power Circuit Protection


On the DC power supply, fuse F1 is provided on the primary side as a safety measure. On the secondary side, overcurrent protection and overvoltage protection circuits are provided. If an overcurrent or overvoltage condition occurs due to a short circuit in the power line, etc., a protection circuit will actuate to stop all the outputs from the DC power supply. By turning OFF the power switch, waiting for more than 1 minute, and then turning the power switch ON again, the protection circuit is reset and the output is recovered. CAUTION Before recovering the output, be sure to remove the cause of the problem in the protective circuit. If the load is short-circuited often, or short circuit and recovery are repeated, the fuse incorporated in the DC power supply may blow.

266

267

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3
Disassembly and assembly

MECHANICAL SYSTEM

The disassembly and assembly list for the main parts and the related outlines are shown here. The outlines give the procedures for removing the main parts from the main unit. However, the directions for removing the connectors and the disassembly procedures for other parts are omitted. For the precautions on disassembly and assembly and detailed information on each procedure, please refer to page 3-5.

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1 1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2 2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts .................................................... 3-3 PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5 I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7 A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7

II. III. IV. V. VI.

B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9 C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10 CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13 PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21 FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24 DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28 ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32

31

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

1. List of Main Parts


Disassembly and assembly of : operation panel right cover lower cover

2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts

Main Unit

Left cover (3)

Operation panel

Cover plate (4)

upper cover front cover front cover switch purge unit waste-ink absorber unit pinch roller unit platen PE sensor suction fan paper feed roller paper feed motor carriage motor carriage unit carriage belt linear scale image controller engine controller PCB box cooling fan power switch DC power source flexible cable
Paper feed motor holder (3) PE sensor (1) Flexible cable Suction fan (2) Platen (16 or 10) Noise protection sheet (5) Linear scale Flexible cable cover (4) Paper release lever (2) Carriage unit Waste-ink absorber unit (4) Lower cover (6) Front cover Upper cover (8) Idler roller holder rack (2) Power switch section (2) Left frame plate (7) Carriage motor (4) Front cover switch PCB box (7) Purge unit (3) Cooling fan (2) Right cover (3) Image controller (12)

Right cover stay plate (4)

Engine controller (5)

Mount plate (5)

Idler roller

DC power source (4)

Pinch roller unit (14 or 8)

Carriage belt

Paper feed roller

Paper feed motor (4)

* : The figures written in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws or E rings.

32

33

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY


1. Do not loosen or remove screws which are not included in the disassembling procedures in this manual. In particular, never disassemble the points fixed with red screws as shown below. Readjustment is prohibited since they have been adjusted to the optimum position at the factory. Number of red colored screws A0 size model: 59 A1 size model: 45 Front side Rear side

Figure 3-001 2. Handle the BJ cartridge with care (See page 1-38). 3. The head and electrode of the BJ Printhead should not be touched.

34

35

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4. When lifting this machine, be sure that 2 people hold it as shown in Figure 3-003.

I. EXTERNALS
A. External Cover

1. Removing the right cover 1) Remove the operation panel (See page 39). 2) Remove 3 screws [1] and take off the right cover [2].
[2]

[1]
Electrode

[1]
Head

Figure 3-002

Figure 3-003

[5]

5. Before carrying out disassembly or reassembly, be sure to turn OFF the power switch and disconnect the power cord and interface cable. 6. You should not normally operate the printer with a component removed. 7. Unless a specific reassembly procedure is given, follow the disassembly procedure in reverse. 8. When reassembling, be careful about the types of screws (shape, length and diameter) and their positions. 9. When moving or disassembling the carriage, be sure to remove the cutter unit. 10. When handling a wiring harness tied with a band, cut off the band if necessary. When reassembling, be sure to tie the harness with a new band at the same position. 11. Ink mist generated during printing may become attached to the platen or purge unit. Be careful that your hands and clothes are not stained by the ink. 12. Ink used in this printer is not harmful, but contains organic solvent. Should it enter the eye, wash it away and consult a doctor. 13. The electronic circuits can be damaged by static electricity from your body. Before removing any circuit board, be sure to first touch a grounded metal part to remove any static charge. Do not touch the end of the short flexible cable. 14. Before replacing the image controller and the engine controller, be sure to store the data following the procedure written in the Chapter 5 II.C.3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller. (See page 5-11.) 15. After reassembly, be sure to carry out the Auto Adjust, Auto Band-Adj. of the main menu.

[4] [3]

[1] [2]

Figure 3-101

Figure 3-102

[1] Front cover [2] Upper cover (8) [3] Right cover (3) [4] Lower cover (6) [5] Left cover (3)

2. Removing the upper cover and front cover 1) Remove the right cover and left cover. 2) Remove 2 screws [1] and take off the front cover [2].
[1]

Figures in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws. The removal procedures are omitted for those cover which can be removed simply by removing the screws.

[2]

Figure 3-103

36

37

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3) Remove 2 screws [3].


[3]

3. Removing the lower cover 1) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 2) Open the front cover and lower the paper release lever. 3) Remove 6 set screws [1] and take off the lower cover [2].
[2]

4. Removing the front cover switch 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 2) Open the front cover. 3) Remove 4 screws [1] and take off the right cover stay plate [2].
[1]

B. Operation Panel
1. Removing the operation panel 1) Open the front cover, and holding the green part, move the carriage to the center. 2) Unlatch the hooks [1] at 4 positions from the rear side of the right cover and remove the operation panel [2].

[2] [1]

[1] [2]

Figure 3-104

4) Remove 4 screws [4] and take off the upper cover [5].
[4] [5]

[1] [1]

[1]

Figure 3-107
[1]

4) Disconnect connector [3], unlatch 2 hooks [4] and remove the front cover switch [5]. Figure 3-106
[4]

Figure 3-109

CAUTION Three connectors [3] on the operation panel are connected. Be careful not to pull on the harnesses too hard.
[3]

CAUTION After completion of the work, close the front cover and raise the paper release Figure 3-105 lever.
[5]

Figure 3-108

38

39

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3) Remove 3 connectors [3] (CN701, CN702, CN704) from the operation panel and take off the operation panel [2].
[2] [3]

C. Fan
1. Removing the cooling fan 1) Remove the image controller (See page 332). 2) Remove the engine controller (See page 3-33). 3) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 4) Open the front cover, and holding the green part, move the carriage to the center. 5) Remove 1 screw [1] and peel off the noise protection sheet [2].

6) Remove 5 set screws [3] and take off the mount plate [4].

8) Remove 2 screws [6] and take off the cooling fan [7].

[3]

[6]

[4]

[7]

Figure 3-110 CAUTION To prevent the heads from drying out, return the carriage promptly to the capping position upon completion of the work and close the front cover.

Figure 3-112 CAUTION

Figure 3-114

[2]

[1]

7) Disconnect the connector [5]


[5]

To prevent the heads from drying out, return the carriage promptly to the capping position upon completion of the work and close the front cover. When reassembling the cooling fan, be sure to place the fan cord side in Figure 3-111 upper position to allow the cord to be reached to the connector.

Figure 3-113

310

311

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Removing the suction fan 1) Remove the PE sensor (See page 3-27). 2) Remove 2 screws [1] and remove the suction fan cover [2].

II. CARRIAGE UNIT


CAUTION Before disassembling or reassembling the carriage unit, remove the BJ cartridge and cutter unit. 1. Removing the carriage unit 1) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 2) Unlatch [1] front left hook, and then the remaining 3 hooks, and remove the carriage cover [2].

3) Remove the front cover and upper cover (See pate 3-7). 4) Holding the green part, move the carriage to the center, and remove the BJ cartridges. 5) Disconnect 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502) of the flexible cable on the carriage controller and set the cable to the left.
[3]

[1]

[1] [2]

Figure 3-115 3) Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the suction fan [4].
[4]
[2]

Figure 3-202 CAUTION


[1] [1]

[3]

The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite core. When removing the flexible cables, be careful not to damage them.

Figure 3-201 Figure 3-116

312

313

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

6) Remove the idler roller holder tension spring [4] and remove the idler roller [5] and idler roller holder [6].
[4]

8) Remove 7 screws [9] and take off the left frame plate [10].

CAUTION When installing the carriage unit, check that the linear scale passes through the linear scale sensor. Attach the left frame plate so that the cutter release touches the cutter unit set in the carriage. Be careful not to get cut by the cutter edge moving down.
Cutter releasing section

2. Removing the carriage belt 1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13). 2) Remove 2 belt stoppers [1] at the back side of the carriage using a straight blade screw driver or the like and remove the carriage belt [2].

[10]

[9]

[9]

[9]

[6]

Figure 3-205
[5] [1]

[1] [2]

Figure 3-203 7) Remove 2 screws [7] and take off the idler roller holder rack [8].
[8]

9) Remove the carriage unit [11] from the left side of the printer.
Left frame plate

[2]

Figure 3-207

[11]

[7]

Figure 3-206 CAUTION Figure 3-204 When removing the carriage unit, be careful not to damage or stain the carriage belt and linear scale.

314

315

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Installing the carriage belt CAUTION Install the carriage belt so that the belt stopper and the carriage belt joint surfaces are as shown in the figure below.

1) Matching the belt stopper [1] and carriage belt [2], insert the belt stopper into the hole at the back side of the carriage. 2) Pull the carriage belt in the direction shown in the figure below and check that the belt stopper has been correctly installed.

4. Removing the linear scale 1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13). 2) Remove the tension spring [1] of the linear scale.

3) Unlatch the hook [2] and remove the linear scale [3].

[3]

NG
[1]
[2]

OK NG
[1] [2]

Figure 3-210 CAUTION

Figure 3-211

Figure 3-209

When removing the linear scale, be careful not to damage or stain it.

OK

NG

Figure 3-208

316

317

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

5. Replacing the flexible cable 1) Remove the image controller (See page 332). 2) Remove the engine controller (See page 3-33). 3) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 4) Remove the front cover and upper cover (See page 3-7). 5) Unlatch the 4 hooks [1] and remove the carriage cover [2].

6) Holding the green part, move the carriage to the center and remove 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502) of the flexible cable on the carriage controller.
[3]

7) Peel off the fixing sheet [4] of the ferrite core and remove the ferrite core [5].

9) Remove 5 screws [9] from the noise protection sheet [8].

[4]

[8]

[5]

[9]

Figure 3-214 8) Remove 4 screws [6] and take off the Figure 3-213
[2]

Figure 3-216 10) Peel off the flexible cable [10] from the flexible guide and remove the ferrite core [11].

flexible cable cover [7].

CAUTION The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite core. When removing the flexible
[1] [1]
[6]

cables, be careful not to damage them.

[7]

[11]

Figure 3-212
[10]

Figure 3-215

Figure 3-217 CAUTION Remove the double-faced tape completely, leaving no residue on the flexible guide.

318

319

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

11) Fold the new flexible cable as shown in the figure below, and attach double-faced tape to positions [A].

III. PURGE UNIT


CAUTION Do not touch the wiper or caps.

4) Cap the pipe [2] and the end of the waste ink tube [2] using the waste ink tube caps [3].

[A]

Since waste ink accumulates on the bottom of the purge unit, hold the sides of the purge unit when removing it. Be careful not to spill the waste ink.
[2] [2]

1. Removing the purge unit Figure 3-218 12) Stick double-faced tape over the flexible guide and attach the new flexible cable, aligning the mark [B] with the flexible guide edge [12]. 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 2) Open the front cover, and holding the green part, move the carriage to the center. 3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and disconnect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].

[3]

Figure 3-302

[3]

[B]

[12]

[1]

[2]

Figure 3-219 Figure 3-301

320

321

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

5) Disconnect 4 connectors [4] and remove the wiring harness from the wiring harness guide.

6) Remove 3 screws [5] and take off the purge unit [6].
[5]

2. Removing the waste ink absorber unit 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and disconnect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].
[3]

5) Remove 2 screws [4].


[4]

[6]

[4]

Figure 3-307 Figure 3-304 6) Remove 2 screws [5] and remove the waste ink absorber unit [6].
[1] [2]

Figure 3-305 4) Cap the pipe [2] and the waste ink tube
[4]

with the waste ink tube cap [3].

Figure 3-303
[6]

[5]

Figure 3-308
[2] [3] [2]

CAUTION When replacing the waste-ink absorber unit, be sure to reset the waste-ink counter. (For details, see "Chapter 5 II.C.2 Waste ink counter reset" (P. 5-11).)

Figure 3-306

322

323

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

IV. FEEDER UNIT


1. Removing the pinch roller unit 1) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 2) Raise the paper release lever [1], remove the E ring [2] and remove the paper release lever.

CAUTION When installing the pinch roller shaft, be careful about the position. Install the pinch roller unit with the screws [A] of the pinch roller facing upward (See Figure 3-403). When installing the pinch roller unit, tighten the screws in order from the left one at the back of the main unit (See Figure 3-404).
[A]

2. Removing the platen 1) Remove the pinch roller unit (See page 324). 2) Remove the front cover and upper cover (See page 3-7). 3) Remove 2 screw [1] and remove the left stay [2].
[2] [1]

Figure 3-403

[1] [2]
[5]

Figure 3-401 3) Remove screws [5] (A0 size model: 14, A1 size model: 8), and remove the pinch roller unit [6]. Figure 3-404
[5]

Figure 3-405 4) Remove screws [3] (A0 size model: 16, A1 size model: 10) and remove the platen [4].
[3]

[5] [6]

[4]

Figure 3-406 CAUTION When removing the platen, be careful Figure 3-402 not to damage the carriage belt and linear scale. 324 325

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Installing the platen 1) Tighten screw [11] ([7] on the A1 size model) temporarily. 2) Adjust the platen position so that the screw hole [1] is aligned with the platen hole and fix screw [1]. 3) Fasten the screws from [2] to [14] ([2] to [8] on the A1 size model) firmly in order. 4) Loosen screws [1] and [2], and lift up the platen once while holding it at positions [A] and [B] (to eliminate warp). 5) Fix screw [1] . 6) Fix screw [2]. the A1 size model).
[8] [14] [12]

< A0 size model > Top view of platen


[B]

4. Removing the paper feed roller 1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
Home positon side

5. Removing the PE sensor 1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 2) Remove the screw [1] and disconnect the connector [2]. 3) Remove the PE sensor [3].
[3]

3) Remove the paper feed motor (See page 3-29). 4) Remove the paper feed roller [1].

[10]

[8]

[6]

[4]

[2] [16] [15]

[13]

[11]

[9]

[7]

[5]

[3]

[1]

[2]

[1]

[A]

< A1 size model > Top view of platen


[B]

[6]

[4]

[2]

[10] [9]

Home positon side

7) Fix screw [15] and [16] ([9] and [10] on

[1]

Figure 3-408 Figure 3-409

[7]

[5]

[3]

[1]

[A]

Figure 3-407

CAUTION In order to keep the platen flat, be sure to install the platen using the sequence given above.

326

327

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

V. DRIVING UNIT
1. Removing the carriage motor 1) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 2) Remove the idler roller holder tension spring [1], remove the the idler roller [2] and idler roller holder [3] and loosen the carriage belt.

3) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34). 4) Remove 4 screws [4] and remove the carriage motor [5].

2. Removing the paper feed motor 1) Remove the purge unit (See page 3-21). 2) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 3) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 4) Insert a straight blade screw driver into the hole on the front side of the cabinet, rotate the paper feed motor and loosen 3 set screws [1].

5) Remove 3 screws [2] and remove the motor holder [3] from the bearing. 6) Disconnect the connector [4], rotate the paper feed motor unit [5] and remove it.
[2] [3] [5]

[4]

[4] [5]
[1]

[1]

[4]

Figure 3-502 CAUTION When reassembling, face the carriage


[3] [2]

Figure 3-504 7) Remove 4 screws [6] and remove the Figure 3-503 paper feed motor [7].

motor connector upward.

Figure 3-501

[6] [7]

Figure 3-505

328

329

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Installing the paper feed motor 1) Install the paper feed motor on the motor side board, pushing down the front of the paper feed motor in the direction shown in Figure 3-506, and tighten 3 screws [1].

4. Fastening the paper feed roller set screws a. When the marks are aligned between the set screw positions 1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor side and paper feed roller side. 2) Tighten 2 set screws [1] and [2] close to the marks firmly. 3) Tighten the remaining screw [3] firmly.
paper feed motor side [1]

b. When the marks coincide with the set screw position 1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor side and paper feed roller side. 2) Tighten set screw [1] at the mark slightly. 3) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] slightly. 4) Loosen set screw [1]. 5) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] firmly. 6) Tighten set screw [1] firmly.

[1]

Sectional view of set screw position [1]


Mark

Marking [3] [2] paper feed roller side

Figure 3-506 CAUTION In order to keep the platen flat, be sure to install the paper feed motor as described above.

Figure 3-507 CAUTION In order to assure paper feeding accuracy, be sure to follow the above sequence.

[3]

[2]

Figure 3-508 CAUTION In order to assure the paper feeding accuracy, be sure to observe the above sequence.

330

331

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

VI. ELECTRICAL PART


1. Removing the image controller CAUTION When replacing the image controller, see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller" (P. 5-11).)

2) Remove the connector [3] (CN602) and remove 12 screws [4]. 3) Remove the image controller [5].
[5]

2. Removing the engine controller CAUTION When replacing the engine controller, see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller" (P. 5-11).)

[4] [4] [3]

1) Remove the image controller (See page 332). 2) Remove 12 connectors [1] (J201, J202, J203, J204, J206, J207, J208, J210, J211, J212, J213, J214) and remove 3 screws Figure 3-602 [2]. 3) Remove 2 stays [3] and 2 washers [4] and remove the engine controller [5].

1) Remove 4 screws [1] and remove the cover plate [2].


[4]

[2]

[1]

[2] [1]

[4]

[3] [2]

[1]

Figure 3-601
[1] [2] [1] [5] [1]

Figure 3-603

332

333

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Removing the PCB box 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 2) Remove the engine controller (See page 3-33). 3) Remove the screw [1] and remove the noise protection sheet [2].

5) Remove 7 screws [5].

4. Removing the power switch 1) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34). 2) Remove the screw with a crown washer [1] and the 2 screws [2].

5. Removing the DC power supply 1) Remove the power switch. 2) Disconnect the connector and the DC power supply [3] after removing 4 screws [2].

[5]

3) Disconnect connector [3] and remove the power switch [4].


[2] [4 ]

[2]

[1]

[5]

[5]

Figure 3-606
[1]

[3]
[2] [3] [1] [2]

6) Remove the harness [6] and remove the Figure 3-604 4) Remove 5 screws [3] and remove the mount plate [4]. PCB box [7].
[7]

Figure 3-608

Figure 3-609

[3]

[6]
[4]

Figure 3-607 Figure 3-605

334

335

CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

CHAPTER 4
I. Periodic parts replacement

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

The printer contains no parts which require periodic replacement.

II. Standard service life of consumables


The printer contains no parts which require replacement.

III. Periodic service


The printer contains no parts which require periodic service.

I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1 II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1 III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1

IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2 A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2 B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3

41

CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION


A. Cleaning/Inspection Points

B. Lubrication Points

[1]

[1]

[5]

[4] [3] [2]

[2]

[2]

Figure 4-402 Figure 4-401

No. No. [1] Pinch roller Parts Cleaning Tool Plain paper (A1 or A0) Service/caution Feed the paper until the stains are removed from it. Clean Check or replace Clean Remove paper chips and dust. [1] [2]

Position Paper feed motor gear Grit roller bearing

Lubricant Permalub G2 Permalub G2

Remarks Apply approx. 500mg of grease uniformaly to the tooth surfaces. Apply approx. 40mg of grease to each bearing surface.

[2] [3] [4] [5]

Platen Waste ink absorber unit Cover Cut groove

Moistened cloth Moistened cloth Moistened swab

Table 4-402

Table 4-401

42

43

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5
I. Service mode
B.
1.

Service Mode Operation


How to enter the service mode

TROUBLESHOOTING

A. Outline
For the purpose of adjustment in the field, 5 service modes are provided as shown below. Mode
DISPLAY

1) While pressing the up and down arrow keys, turn ON the power switch. 2) Confirm the "Initializing" message is indicated on the message display, then release the key. When you enter the service mode, the green and orange LEDs blink alternately. 3) Press the Online key to show "Main menu". 4) Press the left or right arrow key to show "SERVICE MODE", and press the down arrow key to select. "SERVICE MODE" is between "System Setup" and "Internal Print" on the main menu. 5) Press the left or right arrow key to display the mode to be checked or adjusted (see Table 5-501), then select it with the down arrow key. The name of the mode selected moves to the upper line of the message display. 6) Check or adjust. 2. Stopping the service mode Turn OFF the power switch.

Description
Printing service mode settings Display warning code history Display error code history Display machine model Display machine internal temperature Display compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor (Bk/ C/M/Y). Display the detected paper size. (Paper feed direction/carriage direction)

ADJUST

Adjustment and printing of confirmation pattern Adjustment in paper feed (Paper feed accuracy compensation value)

FUNCTION

Operation panel LED/LCD lighting check Operation panel key check

COUNTER INITIALIZE

Waste-ink counter display Carriage drive time display Initialization of waste-ink counter Initialization of carriage drive time Initialization of warning history and error history Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controller to the image controller.

I.

SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1 A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1 B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1 C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2 D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3 II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9 A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9 B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9 C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10 III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18 A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18 B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18

IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32 V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43 A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43 B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44 VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/ FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53 A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53 B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54 C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56 E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57

Table 5-101

51

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

C. Service Mode Map


The hierarchy of service mode items is as shown below. Refer to "D. Service Mode" for details on each item. The service mode items are displayed in English regardless of which language is selected. Main Menu Print Operation System Setup SERVICE MODE DISPLAY PRINT INF Yes No [A] ADJUST

D. Service Mode
1. Control display mode Display items: Left or right arrow key Select an item: Down arrow key Execute an item: Enter key Reset the mode: Up arrow key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

X-SCALE -32 : 0 : 32 FUNCTION

Name of item PRINT INF

Contents Printing of service-related data

Remarks The following are printed. Warning history Error history Adjusting value Counter value See Table 5-502 (P.5-4). The last 20 warning codes are displayed (smaller history numbers are newer.) The last 20 error codes are displayed (smaller history numbers are newer).

COUNTER W-INK:

000000

Wxxxxx

INITIALIZE W-INK:

ERROR 01: : : 20: [A]

000000

Exxxxx

* Dot count (indicated value x 10,000)

T-PLOT: Exxxxx

000000

*Carriage drive time

I/C EEPROM Internal Print E/C EEPROM

52

WARNING 01: : : 20:

* Dot count (indicated value x 10,000)

Wxxxxx

T-PLOT:

000000

*Carriage drive time

SYSTEM TYPE: Ax TMP: 000.0C H-TMP K1:000.0C H-TMP K2:000.0C H-TMP C: 000.0C H-TMP M: 000.0C H-TMP Y: 000.0C P-SIZE X:0000.00 P-SIZE Y:0000.00

PANEL LED/LCD PANEL KEY

SYSTEM WARNING

System display Warning code history display

ERROR

Error code history display

53

PRINT PATTERN Scale Test Print

D I S P L A Y P R I N T I N F

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

< "System" details >


Name of item TYPE A0/A1 size model Contents Remarks Indicates the engine controller SW201 setting. Units: C Units: C (Proper value: 080C)

2. Adjusting mode Display items and change values: Left or right arrow key Select an item: Down arrow key Registration of values and execution of actions: Enter key Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

TMP H-TMP K1

Internal temperature Compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor (Bk) Unused Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (C) Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (M) Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (Y) Detected size of set media (paper feed direction) Detected size of set media (carriage direction)

H-TMP K2 H-TMP C H-TMP M H-TMP Y P-SIZE X P-SIZE Y

Name of item Units: mm Units: mm

Contents

Value Scale*

Remarks Output of paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern Output of test pattern The magnification in paper feed direction decreases by decreasing the value (units: 1 dot).

PRINT PATTERN Adjustments and output of confirmation pattern

Test Print

Table 5-102

X-SCALE

Adjustment in paper feed direction (Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern)

-32~32

*: The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern cannot be printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y Mirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their default values. (See P. 5-13.)

54

55

A D J U S T P R I N T P A T T E R N

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Operation/inspection mode Display an item: Left or right arrow key Execute an item: Enter key Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

4. Counter mode Indication of items: Left or right arrow key Reset the mode: Up arrow key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

F U N C T I O N P A N E L L E D / L C D
Name of item PANEL LED/ LCD Contents Check LED/LCD on the operation panel Operation/Remarks Indicates as shown below for about 5 seconds. LED blinks (2 colors of LED blink alternately). LCD character cells blink alternately. Make sure that "Key Check Mode" is indicated, then and press each key (excluding the up arrow key) on the operation panel. The symbols corresponding to the pressed keys (see Table 5-103) are indicated.

C O U N T E R W - I N K :
Name of item W-INK T-PLOT Contents Waste ink counter display Carriage drive time display

0 0 0 0 0 0
Remarks Counted dot value ( x 10,000) Units: hours

PANEL KEY

Key check on operation panel.

Key Online Enter Down arrow Left arrow Right arrow

Indication F1 F2

Table 5-103

56

57

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Initialization mode Display items: Left or right arrow key Initialization of counter: Down arrow key + Enter key Reset the mode: Up arrow key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS


A. About Adjustments and Settings
The message display language (Factory setting: English) can be changed using the operation panel keys, corresponding to each sales territory. There are no parts that require mechanical adjustment when assembling them as described in the service manual. However, the settings, adjustments, and service described below are required. 1. If the paper thickness adjustment lever is changed, perform the automatic printing position

I N I T I A L I Z E W - I N K : 0 0 0 0 0 0
Name of item W-INK Contents Initialization of waste ink counter Remarks Set the counter value to 0. (Used when the waste ink absorber unit is replaced.) Set the carriage drive time value to 0. Clear the warning history and error history. During the initializing process (for about 0.5 seconds), "*" mark is indicated after the item name. During the rewriting process (for about 0.5 seconds), "*" mark is indicated after the item name. (Used when replacing the engine controller. Refer to "Replacing the engine controller", P.5-12.)

adjustment. 2. When the parts that may affect printing accuracy (such as those in the carriage or paper feed section) are disassembled, perform the automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment. 3. When replacing the waste ink absorber unit, be sure to clear the waste ink counter. 4. Both the image controller and engine controller cannot be replaced at the same time, or the stored settings will be lost. Be sure to follow the proper procedures when replacing them. 5. The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment can be performed to achieve higher precision printing. 6. If the data reception lamp does not light when data is being transferred, check the parallel interface communication mode setting. If necessary, switch the setting. 7. The image controller and engine controller can be upgraded by downloading new firmware.

T-PLOT

Initialization of carriage drive time

I/C EEPROM

Initialization of warning history and error history

E/C EEPROM

Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controller to the EEPROM on the image controller.

B. Items for Adjustment and Setting


1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment 2. Waste ink counter reset 3. Image controller and engine controller replacement procedures 4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment method 5. Parallel interface communication mode setting method 6. Image controller and engine controller upgrade procedures

58

59

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures


Some of the adjustments and settings must be carried out after the machine has been booted up in the specific methods described below. Mode Service mode Firmware download mode Parallel interface communication select mode Operating procedure Turn on the power while pressing both the Up arrow and Down arrow keys. Turn on the power while pressing both the Right arrow and Left arrow keys. Turn on the power while pressing both the ONLINE and ENTER keys.

1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (Usersettable) Select and execute the "Auto Adjust" or "Auto Band-adj." from the "Adjustment" menu within the Main menu. (See P. 1-15.) 2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode) Select and execute "W-INK" from the "INITIALIZE" menu of the service mode. 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller 3.1 Cautions 1) The image controller and engine controller must not be replaced at the same time. The EEPROM on the engine controller stores data on waste ink amount, carriage driving time and others. Before replacing the engine controller, the data must be transferred into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal communication. Therefore, the two controllers cannot be replaced simultaneously. 2) After replacing the image controller or engine controller, check the firmware version in the "Information" mode of the "System Setup" menu within the Main menu. If the version is outdated, it will be necessary to update the firmware to the newest version. (See P. 5-16.) 3.2 Replacing the image controller When the image controller is replaced, the user settings set up using the operation panel are lost. Therefore, if the same settings need to be made after the replacement, execute the following procedure. 1) Before replacing the controller, print the "Setup List" of the "Internal Print" menu within the Main menu from the operating panel. (See pages 1-24 to 1-26.) 2) Replace the image controller. (See P. 3-32.) 3) Reset the values in the "Setup List".

510

511

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3.3 Replacing the engine controller Before replacing the engine controller, the data such as the waste ink amount, carriage driving time, and paper feed accuracy compensation value stored in the EEPROM of the engine controller must be copied into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal communication. The procedure is as follows. 1) Access the service mode, and select "INITIALIZE". 2) Display "E/C EEPROM" in the message display. 3) While holding the Down arrow key, press the ENTER key. The engine controller EEPROM data is copied into the EEPROM of the image controller. While the data is being transferred, a "*" mark is displayed to the right of the "E/C EEPROM" display. 4) After the "*" mark has disappeared, turn off the power, and unplug the power cord. 5) Replace the engine controller. (See P. 3-33.) At this time, be sure to check SW201 (model switch) on the new engine controller. <Switching of the model> On the engine controller, the model selection is determined by the jumper (SW201). * A0 model: No jumper * A1 model: Jumper installed 6) Run the "Auto Adjust" and "Auto Band Adj." of the "Adjustment" menu within the Main menu, and check whether the printing is correct. CAUTION If the precision of the printing becomes worse after replacing the engine controller, the replacement procedure may not have been followed correctly, or the EEPROM data may not have been successfully updated. In this case, be sure to check that the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" of the "ADJUST" menu within the service mode) matches the H/W X value written on the label attached to the left frame (remove the left cover to see the label). If they don't match, set the printer to the value written on the label. If they do match, perform the procedure described in "10. Dimensional accuracy problems" of "V. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects". (See P. 5-51.)

4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment Media feed accuracy can be adjusted as follows. 1) Set up the service mode and select the "ADJUST" mode. 2) Load a cut sheet larger than A3. 3) Use the left or right arrow key to display "PRINT PATTERN" and then press the

5) Measure the length of the printed scale adjustment pattern in the paper feed direction. Specified value: 3800.5mm

Black

Scale 15inch

Scale 380mm

down arrow key. 4) Make sure that "Scale" is displayed, then press the ENTER key. The scaling adjustment pattern will be printed. While printing, the message is followed by a "*" mark. PRINT PATTERN Scale* Figure 5-201 6) If the measured value does not satisfy the specified value, change the value of "XSCALE" in the ADJUST mode. Setting range: -32 to 32 To change the value: Left and right arrow keys. Value registration: ENTER key X-SCALE 00* CAUTION The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern cannot be printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y Mirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their default values. 7) Repeat steps 2) through 6) until the specified value is satisfied. 8) Turn OFF the power switch to leave the service mode. REFERENCE: Changing the value by 1 changes the length of the adjustment in the X axis direction by 1 dot (about 0.07mm). When the value is increased, the line becomes longer, and by decreasing the value, the line becomes shorter.

512

513

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION When changing the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" value), be sure to write the new value in the "H/W X" item on the label attached to the left frame (under the left cover). At the factory, each printer is adjusted and the value is written on this label. Figure 5-202 shows the label on the left panel of the printer. (In this printer, the "H/W Y" and "H/W B" adjustments are not used.)

5. Changing the parallel interface


communication mode With some types of computers which communicate in the compatible mode, the timing of the Busy and Ack signals may need to be changed as the communication may not be done correctly. In most computers, communication can be carried out normally using the "A-B (Default)" setting. However, if the data reception indicator on the printer does not light up when data is

4) Press the ENTER key to confirm the displayed mode. When a "*" mark is displayed after the name of communication mode, execute the initial operation and return to the normal menu. Busy-Ack A-B (Default)*

Initializing

H/W X H/W Y H/W B

transferred, the communication mode should be switched by following the procedure below. 1) Turn OFF the power switch. 2) While pressing both the ONLINE and ENTER keys, turn ON the power switch to display the "Parallel Interface Communication select Mode." Confirm that "Busy-Ack" is displayed on Figure 5-202 the message display and release the keys. Busy-Ack A-B (Default) 3) Press the left or right arrow key to display the desired communication mode.
Ack 3264ns A - B (Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)] Busy Ack 1200ns 3264ns A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy] Busy Ack 3264ns B - A [Ack-after-Busy] Busy 3264ns

REFERENCE: Relationship between the Busy and Ack signals in each communication mode :
A - B (Default) [Ack-in-Busy] Busy Ack 4080ns

Figure 5-203

514

515

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Image controller/engine controller upgrade procedure Upgrade the image controller and/or engine controller by downloading the firmware following the procedure below.

7) Type the following from the command prompt (when the computer output port LPT1 has been selected).
COPY/B file name LPT1:

Upon completion of data reception, one of the following messages is displayed. a: For both the image controller and engine controller : I:XX.XX E:XX.XX [Press Online Ke
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]

Download Mode E/C Erasing..

8) Press the RETURN key. 1) Turn OFF the power switches of the printer and computer. 2) Connect the machine and computer using a parallel interface cable. 3) While pressing both the right and left arrow keys, turn ON the power switch of the printer. Make sure that "Download Mode.." is displayed on the message display and release the keys. Initializing Download Mode.. After initialization is finished, the following message is displayed and the download mode is selected. Download Mode [Send File to Pa
[Send File to Parallel Port]

Download Mode E/C Writing..

Data transmission from the computer to the printer starts. When data reception starts, the data reception light on the printer lights up. "Receiving.." is displayed on the message display. Download Mode Receiving.. When the printer identifies the version of the data being transmitted, it displays the version as follows on the message display. a: For both the image controller and engine controller : I:XX.XX E:XX.XX Receiving.. b. For only the image controller : I/C Ver.XX.XX Receiving..

b: For only the image controller : I/C XX.XXX.XX [Press Online Ke


[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]

Download Mode E/C Verifying..

Download Mode [Update Complete]


[Update Completed: Turn Power Off!!]

c: For only the engine controller : CAUTION E/C XX.XXXX XX [Press Online Ke
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]

Do not turn OFF the power switch of the printer or computer during the download operation as there is a possibility that the firmware will not start up. If the power is accidentally switched off at the wrong time, turn on the printer and the computer, and download the firmware again. If the printer cannot be started up, replace the PCB that you tried to download the firmware to. 10) Turn OFF the power switch of the printer.

9) Press the ONLINE key Data in the flash memory is erased, written and verified. During this process, the following messages are displayed : Download Mode I/C Erasing..

4) Turn ON the power switch of the computer. 5) Insert the disk (containing the new firmware) into the disk drive. 6) Select the name of the drive in which the disk was inserted.

c. For only the engine controller : E/C Ver.XX.XX Receiving..

Download Mode I/C Writing..

11) Turn ON the power switch of the printer. Check the firmware version and whether the printer operates normally.

Download Mode I/C Verifying..

516

517

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

III. ERROR/WARNING CODES


A. Outline
This machine has a self-diagnostic function by means of the engine controller and image controller. Diagnosis is carried out as required. If a problem is detected, a code or symbol and a message indicating the type of problem are indicated on the message display of the operation panel. Problems with the printer are classified into errors and warnings as shown below. Error: A state in which the printer stops operating and cannot return to normal operation until the cause of the trouble is removed. Warning: A state in which the machine does not stop operating, and can continue without removing the cause of the problem. However, the printed image may be influenced.

B. List of Error and Warning Codes


Error/warning code configuration
Alphabetic Numeric

Errors and warning codes The errors and warning codes are shown below. Detailed information on the codes (meaning, detecting timing, major causes) are described in the following pages. Codes * 001xx 003xx 004xx 005xx 007xx 008xx 011xx 012xx 015xx 021xx 051xx 052xx 053xx 060xx 061xx 062xx 063xx 064xx 065xx 067xx 097xx 098xx Diagnostic part Media/feeding system Drive system BJ Print head system Ink tank system Purge system Cutter system Engine controller internal error Internal communication system Power supply related User-adjusted system Image controller internal error Serial interface communication system Parallel interface communication system Internal data processing system GL command system GL2 command system RTL command system ESC command system PJL command system TIFF command system Direct error code from the image controller Direct error code from the engine controller

6thdigit 5thdigit 4thdigit 3rddigit 2nddigit 1stdigit W:Warning E :Error Origin 001~099 Details 00~99

Figure 5-301 CAUTION For the code descriptions, since the codes enclosed with ( ) are displayed as messages, the codes themselves are not displayed. However, in the "WARNING" and "ERROR" areas in the service mode, the last 20 codes, including the codes enclosed with ( ), are displayed.

* The codes above indicate the five right-most digits. In the actual displays, the code "E" (error) or "W" (warning) is added at the left.

518

519

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) Refer to "CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS" (P. 5-32) for remedies.
Code (W00111) Meaning PE sensor (PS6) detected the roll media trailing edge. Detection timing While loading (roll media mode) While printing (roll media mode) When detecting the media leading edge Major cause No roll media Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective engine controller

Code (W00161)

Meaning Media sensor (PS9) detected skewed feed of roll media exceeding the specified value. Media sensor (PS9) detected skewed feed of cut sheet media exceeding the specified value.

Detection timing When skewed feeding is detected.

Major cause Improper loading of media Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

E00151

Media sensor (PS9) cannot detect the media leading edge.

Media was removed during operation. Media jam Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective paper feed motor (M1) Defective engine controller Media jam Improper loading of media Defective media Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective paper feed motor (M1) Defective engine controller

E00162

Media sensor (PS9) cannot detect the right edge of the media. Media sensor (PS9) cannot detect the left edge of the media. Defective detection of media width.

At the time of media width measurement At the time of media skewed feed detection

E00152

PE sensor (PS6) cannot detect the cut sheet trailing edge.

When detecting media trailing edge

E00164

Media sensor (PS9) detected media width below 250mm.

Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective linear scale Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

E00153

Media sensor (PS9) missed the media.

At the time of media sensor compensation At the time of media leading edge detection At the time of media width measurement

Media was removed during operation. Media jam Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller Media jam Improper installation of carriage belt Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective linear scale Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

E00165

PE sensor (PS6) detected a media length less than 80mm.

While loading in the cut sheet media mode

Media was removed during operation. Defective media Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective paper feed motor (M1) Defective engine controller Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

E00154

Carriage cannot move.

While loading While printing (except for auto cut operation) While the carriage is returning, except for above cases (except for cutting operation)

E00169

Media sensor (PS9) could not identify black. Media sensor (PS9) could not identify white.

At the time of media sensor compensation

E00156

The PE sensor (PS6) detected the cut sheet trailing edge earlier than the size detected by the machine.

While printing

Media was removed during operation. Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective paper feed motor (M1) Defective engine controller

520

521

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

2. 003xx (Drive system)


Code E00311 Meaning Carriage does not operate. Detection timing During initial operation During purging operation When the carriage is moving backward for a reason other than above (except for cutting operation) When carriage cannot stop at a normal position. When front cover is open, carriage moves backward more than 20 mm from the stop position. Major cause Improper installation of carriage belt Defective carriage home position sensor (PS2) Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective linear scale Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)


Code *1 (E00401) *
2

Meaning No BJ print head

Detection timing During initial operation

Major cause There is no BJ print head. Improper installation of BJ print head Defective BJ print head Defective flexible cable inside the carriage unit Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

(W00402) *

(W00403) *3 (W00404) *3 (E00451) *4 (E00452) *


4

E00312

Carriage does not stop at a normal position. Carriage stops abnormally.

E00313

Operation mistake Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

(E00453) *4 (E00454) *4 (E00461) *4 (E00462) *4 (E00463) *4 (E00464) *4 (E00471) *4 (E00472) *4 (E00473) *4 (E00474) *4 (E00481) *4 (E00482) *4 (E00483) *4 (E00484) *4 *1: *2: *3: *4:

Abnormal head rank The front cover was closed while the BJ print head was removed.

Constant detection At the time of BJ print head replacement

Abnormal head temperature control

Too much time required for head temperature adjustment

Defective BJ print head Defective flexible cable inside the carriage unit Defective media sensor (Internal temperature detection function) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

Abnormal head temperature compensation

When head temperature compensation is abnormal.

Abnormal head cooling control

After abnormal BJ print head temperature is detected, the print head has not cooled to the temperature controllable even after operation has stopped for 40 seconds.

Last digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y) When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] (blinking) on the message display. When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] on the message display. When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ ? ] on the message display.

522

523

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

4. 005xx (Ink tank system)


Code * (E00501) (E00502) (E00503) (E00504) Meaning The ink tank sensor (PS4) cannot detect the ink tank (no ink tank). Detection timing At the time of the home position detection Major cause No ink tank Improper installation of ink tank Defective ink tank Defective ink tank detection sensor (PS4) Defective engine controller

6. 008xx (Cutter system)


Code E00801 Meaning Media could not be cut. Detection timing While detecting the media leading edge after being cut. Major cause No cutter Improper installation of cutter Defective cutter Improper media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller Cutter jam Defective cutter Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear sensor (PS8) Defective linear scale Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller Operation mistake Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

E00811 (E00511) (W00512) (W00513) (W00514) E00841 (W00521) (W00522) (W00523) (W00524) * First digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y) Remaining ink count detected no ink in the ink chamber. After suction After completion of printing operation No ink in the ink chamber Defective remaining ink level sensor (PS3) Defective engine controller Remaining ink level count reached the specified value for no ink After suction After completion of printing No ink Defective remaining ink level sensor (PS3) Defective engine controller

Carriage cannot operate.

While cutting

Carriage stops abnormally.

When the front cover is open, carriage moved forward more than 20mm from the stop position unexpectedly.

7. 011xx (Engine controller)


Code E01102 Meaning Failed initialization of EEPROM Failed reading from EEPROM Failed writing to EEPROM EEPROM checksum error EEPROM data damage Detection timing Constant Major cause Defective engine controller

5. 007xx (Purge system)


Code E00701 Meaning Pump position cannot be detected. Detection timing Purge unit does not return to the pump position even though the purge unit pump position detection operation was repeated 3 times. After suction Major cause Defective pump position sensor (PS1) Defective purge motor (M3) Defective engine controller

E01135

E00711

Waste ink counter reached the specified value for full waste ink absorber unit. Waste ink counter reached the specified value for approximately full.

Full waste ink absorber unit Waste ink counter was cleared in the service mode. Defective engine controller

(W00721)

524

525

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

8. 012xx (Internal communication system)


Code E01219 Meaning Abnormal communication between engine controller and image controller Detection timing Constant Major cause Defective engine controller Defective image controller

11. 051xx (Image controller)


Code E05102 Meaning No EEPROM Error writing to EEPROM No on board DRAM Abnormal onboard DRAM Abnormal added Memory Detection timing Constant Major cause Defective DRAM Defective added memory Defective image controller

E05105

9. 015xx (Power supply related)


Code E01501 Meaning Cooling fan (FM2) is not rotating. Detection timing Fan rotation signal (FANSTS) cannot be detected while the cooling fan (FM2) is rotating Major cause Defective cooling fan (FM2) Defective engine controller

E05106

12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)


Code E05211 E05221 E05222 Meaning I/F buffer overflow Overrun Framing error Parity error Detection timing While data is being received Major cause Improper communication setting with the computer Defective image controller

10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)


Code E02101 Meaning Abnormal compensation value of media sensor (PS9) Abnormal adjustment value Media too small During loading while automatic adjustment is being executed Improper media size Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller Detection timing During media sensor compensation when adjustment menu is being executed Major cause Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

E05223

13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)


Code E05311 Meaning I/F buffer overflow Detection timing While data is being received Major cause Improper communication setting with the computer Defective image controller

E02102

E02103

526

527

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)


Code W06011 Meaning Data missing due to insufficient memory Missing data while analyzing TIFF data Detection timing While data is being analyzed Major cause Insufficient memory Defective setting of parallel interface communication mode Defective image controller

15. 061xx (GL command system)


Code W06100 W06111 Meaning Unsupported command Incorrect number of parameters Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. Incorrect data range Detection timing While data is being analyzed Major cause Incorrect data from computer Defective image controller

W06012

W06120 W06013 Data missing due to insufficient memory (When being copied, second pages onwards) Print data exceeds the printable area of the paper set up. While data is being analyzed Insufficient memory W06121

W06021 W06022

While data is being analyzed

Defective communication data from computer Improper setting for parallel interface communication mode Defective image controller

16. 062xx (GL2 command system)


Code W06200 W06211 Meaning Unsupported command Incorrect number of parameters Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. Incorrect data range Detection timing While data is being analyzed Major cause Improper communication data from computer Defective image controller

W06023

W06031

Image data could not be rotated. Printing in monochrome mode since there are no color BJ print head/print heads (Y, M and C).

While data is being analyzed Immediately before printing

Insufficient memory Defective image controller No color BJ print head/s (Y, M and C) Improper installation of BJ print head Defective BJ print head Defective flexible cable inside the carriage unit Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller

W06220

(W06041)

W06221

17. 063xx (RTL command system)


Code W06300 W06301 Meaning Unsupported command Invalid data other than null or FF (HEX) continued for more than 20 bytes. Incorrect number of parameters Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. Incorrect data range Detection timing While data is being analyzed Major cause Improper communication data from computer Defective image controller

W06311

W06320

W06321

528

529

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

18. 064xx (ESC command system)


Code W06400 W06411 Meaning Unsupported command Incorrect number of parameters Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. Detection timing While data is being analyzed. Major cause Improper communication data from computer Defective image controller

21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)


Code E097xx* Meaning Undefined error on image controller Detection timing Constant Major cause Defective image controller

* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal. W06420

W06421

Incorrect data range

22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)


Code Meaning Undefined error on engine controller Detection timing Constant Major cause Defective engine controller

19. 065xx (PJL command system)


Code W06500 W06511 Meaning Unsupported command Incorrect number of parameters Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. Incorrect data range Detection timing While data is being analyzed. Major cause Improper communication data from computer Defective image controller

E098xx*

* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.

23. 099xx (Others)


W06520 Code E09999 Meaning Unexpected error Detection timing When error occurs Major cause Defective firmware

W06521

20. 067xx (TIFF command system)


Code W06700 W06721 W06760 W06761 Meaning Unsupported command Improper parameter range Unsupported parameter Unsupported compression was designated. Unsupported color was designated. Detection timing While data is being analyzed Major cause Improper communication data from computer Defective image controller

W06762

530

531

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS


1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)
Problem/Unit Media jam Incorrect media setting Step 1 2 Check item Has media jam occurred? Is the media loaded properly? Result YES NO Remedy Remove media jam. Instruct the user to load the media correctly according to the specified media loading procedure. Instruct the user to use recommended media. Refer to "Table 2. 003xx (Drive system)" (P.5-33). Refer to "Media is not fed" (P.5-42). Proceed to step 7. Proceed to step 8. Completed.

2. 003xx (Drive system)


Problem/Unit Foreign substance on rail Step 1 Check item Can the carriage be moved smoothly by hand? Result NO Remedy Check for foreign substance, or some part in contact with the rail surface. Reinstall correctly. Check the wiring for the carriage home position sensor (PS2). If correct, replace the purge unit.

Carriage belt Carriage home position sensor

2 3

Is the carriage belt correctly installed? Move the carriage onto the platen and turn ON the power switch. Does the carriage move to the home position? Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord from the outlet. Disconnect connector J201 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to x10 and connect the leads of the tester to the harness terminals on the motor side as shown in the table below. Are the resistance values correct? + J201-3 J201-5 J201-1 J201-1 J201-2 J201-2 J201-4 J201-6 J201-3 J201-4 J201-5 J201-6 Resistance value Approx. 4.8W Approx. 4.8W Approx. 2.4W Approx. 2.4W Approx. 2.4W Approx. 2.4W

NO YES

Incorrect media

Are the type and size of the media proper? Is "E00154" indicated on the message display? Is the media fed properly? Does the major cause lie in the PE sensor (PS6)?

NO

Carriage motor (M2)

NO

Replace the motor.

YES

5 6

NO YES NO

PE sensor (PS6)

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the PE sensor?

YES

Engine controller

NO

Check the wiring from the sensor to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Completed. Linear scale 5

Media sensor (PS9) Carriage controller

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit?

YES

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the linear scale? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit?

YES

Completed.

Engine controller

NO

Check the wiring from the sensor to the carriage controller and from the carriage controller to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller.

Linear encoder (PS8)

YES

Completed.

Carriage controller

Engine controller

NO

Check the wiring from the carriage controller to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller.

532

533

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)

5. 007xx (Purge unit) a. E00701


Problem/Unit Pump home position sensor (PS1) Step 1 Check item Does the purge motor (M3) rotate when the power switch is turned ON? Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord. Remove connector J202 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to x10 and connect the leads of the tester to the harness terminals on the motor side as shown in the table below. Are the resistance values correct? + J202-1 J202-3 J202-1 J202-2 J202-3 J202-4 J202-2 J202-4 J202-5 J202-5 J202-6 J202-6 Resistance value Approx. 44W Approx. 44W Approx. 22W Approx. 22W Approx. 22W Approx. 22W Result NO Remedy Check the wiring from the sensor to the engine controller and the wiring from the purge motor to the engine controller. If correct, replace the purge unit. Replace the engine controller.

Problem/Unit BJ print head installation problem BJ print head

Step 1

Check item Is the BJ print head properly installed? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the BJ print head? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit?

Result NO

Remedy Install the BJ print head correctly.

YES

Completed. Purge motor (M3) Engine controller YES

Flexible cable

YES

Completed.

Thermistor (TH1)

Carriage controller Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the carriage controller to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller.

4. 005xx (Ink tank system)


Problem/Unit Ink tank installation problem Ink tank Step 1 Check item Is the ink tank installed correctly? Result NO Remedy Install the ink tank correctly.

b. E00711/W00721
Problem/Unit Step 1 2 Check item Is the waste ink absorber unit full? (Visual check) Was the waste ink counter cleared (Service mode "CLEAR") after replacing the waste ink absorber unit? Result YES NO Remedy Replace the waste ink absorber unit. Clear the waste ink absorber unit counter in the service mode "CLEAR". Replace the engine controller. Full waste ink absorber unit Service mode

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the ink tank? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the purge unit?

YES

Completed.

Remaining ink sensor (PS3) Ink tank sensor (PS4) Engine controller

YES

Completed.

NO

Check the wiring from each sensor of the purge unit to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller.

Engine controller

YES

534

535

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. 008xx (Cutter system) a. E00801


Problem/Unit Step 1 Check item Is the code "001xx (Media/feeder system)" displayed when new media is loaded? Are there any foreign substances in the cut groove? Is the cutter properly installed? Result YES Remedy Refer to step 7 onwards of Table 1. 001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32). Clean the groove.

8. 012xx (Internal communication system)


Problem/Unit Malfunction Step 1 Check item Is the trouble corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the engine controller? Result YES Completed. Remedy

Engine controller

YES

Completed.

Foreign substance in the cut groove Cutter installation problem Defective cutter Engine controller

YES

Image controller

NO

Replace the image controller.

YES

Install the cutter properly.

9. 015xx (Power supply related)


4 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cutter? YES NO Completed. Replace the engine controller. Problem/Unit Disconnected power connector Defective cooling fan (FM2) Step 1 Check item Is the code "003xx (Drive system)" displayed when the power switch is turned ON? Are there any foreign substances in the cut groove? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cutter? Result YES Remedy Engine controller Refer to Table 2. 003xx (Drive system) (P.5-33). NO Check the wiring from the fan to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Step 1 Check item Is the power connector attached? Result NO Remedy Connect the connectors.

b. E00811/E00841
Problem/Unit

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cooling fan?

YES

Completed.

Foreign substance in the cut groove Defective cutter Engine controller

YES

Clean the groove.

10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)


YES NO Completed. Replace the engine controller. Problem/Unit Incorrect media Step 1 Check item Are the media type and size correct? When loading the cut sheet media (normal menu), is the code "001xx (Media/feeder system)" displayed? Engine controller Result NO Remedy Instruct the user to use the recommended media. Refer to step 6 onwards of Table 1. 001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32). Replace the engine controller.

YES

7. 011xx (Engine controller)


Problem/Unit Malfunction Step 1 Check item Is the trouble corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Result YES Completed. Remedy

NO

11. 051xx (Image controller)


NO Replace the engine controller. Problem/Unit Malfunction Step 1 Check item Is the trouble corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Result YES Completed. Remedy

Engine controller

Image controller

NO

Replace the image controller.

536

537

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)
Problem/Unit Improper printercomputer communication setting Image controller Step 1 Check item Is the printer-computer communication setting proper? Result NO Remedy Set the communication mode properly.

15. 061xx (GL command system) 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) 17. 063xx (RTL command system) 18. 064xx (ESC command system) 19. 065xx (PJL command system) 20. 067xx (TIFF command system)
Problem/Unit Step 1 Check item Does the same phenomenon occur with other data transfers? Result NO Remedy Explain to the user that the trouble is in the data transfer.

YES

Replace the image controller.

14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) a. W6041


Problem/Unit Missing color BJ print heads (Y,M and C) Step 1 Check item Are all 3 color BJ print heads (Y, M and C) installed? Result NO Remedy Install each color BJ print head.

Data transmission problem

Improper printercomputer communication setting Image controller

Is the printer-computer communication setting proper?

NO

Set the communication mode properly.

YES

Replace the image controller.

YES

Refer to Table 3. 004xx (BJ print head system) (P.5-34).

b. Others
Problem/Unit Data transmission problem Step 1 Check item Does the same phenomenon occur with other data transfers? Result NO Remedy Explain to the user that the trouble is in the data transfer.

21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)


Problem/Unit Malfunction Step 1 Check item Is the error corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Result YES Completed. Remedy

Image controller Insufficient memory 2 Has the transmission data exceeded the memory capacity of the printer? Does the same phenomenon occur using the serial interface? YES Instruct the user to add memory.

NO

Replace the image controller.

Incorrect setting of parallel interface communication mode Image controller

NO

Change the parallel interface communication mode.

22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)


Problem/Unit Step 1 Check item Is the error corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Result YES Completed. Remedy

YES

Replace the image controller.

Malfunction

Engine controller

NO

Replace the engine controller.

23. 099xx (Others)


Problem/Unit Defective firmware Step 1 Check item Remedy Turn the power swith OFF and ON.

538

539

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

24. No power
Problem/Unit Unplugged power source Step 1 Check item Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the printer and the outlet? Is the proper voltage available at the outlet? Result NO Remedy Connect the power cord correctly to the printer and outlet.

25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel


Problem/Unit Disconnected connector Step 1 Check item Are the connectors on the operation panel and image controller connected correctly? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the operation panel? Result NO Remedy Connect the connectors properly.

Power source failure

NO

Explain to the customer that the trouble is not related to the printer.

Operation panel Image controller

YES NO

Completed. Check the wiring from the operation panel to the image controller. If correct, replace the image controller.

Operation panel

Does the carriage work when the power switch is turned ON?

YES

Check the wiring from the image controller to the operation panel. If correct, replace the operation panel.

Disconnected connector

Are connectors J101 and J102 on the DC power unit correctly connected? Is the fuse (F1) on the DC power unit blown?

NO

Connect the connectors properly.

26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected


Problem/Unit YES Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power supply. Replace the power switch. Front cover switch (SW2) Engine controller Step 1 Check item Disconnect the relay connector (J8) of the front cover switch (SW2). Is there continuity when connecting the tester leads rod to the connectors on the switch side and closing the front cover? Result NO Remedy Replace the switch.

Blown fuse

Power switch (SW1)

Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord. When applying the leads of the tester to the terminals 2 and 3, (then 5 and 6) of the power switch, and turning the power switch ON, is continuity indicated?

NO

YES

Replace the engine controller.

27. Wiper solenoid does not working


Problem/Unit Step 1 Check item Is the trouble corrected by replacing the purge unit? Result YES Completed. Remedy NO Check the wiring from the DC power supply to the engine controller. If correct, replace the DC power supply.

DC power supply unit

Remove connector J210 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to 30VDC. With the power switch ON and the tester leads on the harness terminals on the DC power supply side as shown in the table below, are the voltages normal? + J210-1 J210-2 J210-5 J210-3 J210-4 J210-6 Voltage +26V +26V +5V

Wiper solenoid (SL1)

Engine controller

NO

Check the wiring from the solenoid to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller.

Engine controller

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the engine controller?

YES

Completed.

Image controller

NO

Replace the image controller.

540

541

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

28. Media is not fed


Problem/Unit Loose set screw Step 1 Check item Are the set screws fixing the paper feed roller tightened firmly? Result NO Remedy Tighten the paper feed roller with set screws.

V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS


A. Initial Inspection
The causes of poor images can be loosely classified into the following four cases : Installation environment Type or condition of media BJ cartridge Main unit problem Check the installation environment, media and other conditions in the initial inspection. 1. Installation environment Check that the installation environment standards are met. 2. Media check Be sure to check the media condition for the following items : Recommended media Proper media storage environment

Paper feed motor (M1) Engine controller

Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord. Remove connector J203 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to x10. Are the resistance values normal when the tester leads are connected to the harness terminals on the motor side as shown in the table below? + J203-3 J203-5 J203-1 J203-1 J203-2 J203-2 Resistance value

NO YES

Replace the paper feed motor. Check the wiring from the motor to the engine controller. If normal, replace the engine controller.

J203-4 Approx. 6.8W J203-6 Approx. 6.8W J203-3 Approx. 3.4W J203-4 Approx. 3.4W J203-5 Approx. 3.4W J203-6 Approx. 3.4W

29. Suction fan does not rotate


Problem/Unit Step 1 Check item Does the cooling fan (FM2) rotate when media is loaded? Is the trouble corrected by replacing the PE sensor (PS6)? Result YES Go to step 3. Remedy

PE sensor (PS6)

YES

Completed.

Suction fan (FM1)

Is the trouble corrected by replacing the suction fan?

YES

Completed.

Engine controller

NO

Check the wiring from the fan to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller.

542

543

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects


1. Non-ejection of ink

2. Vertical misalignment 1

Normal

Normal
Abnormal Problem/Unit BJ print head installation problem Step 1 Check item Result

Abnormal

Remedy Completed.

Problem/Unit No ink

Step 1

Check item Is there ink in the ink tank chamber of the applicable color?

Result NO

Remedy Replace the ink tank of that color. (When the ink becomes faint or no ink is ejected, an empty ink tank is usually the cause.)

Is it corrected by reinstalling the BJ print YES head of the applicable color and doing the following? Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and doing the following? Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and doing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES

Defective head

Completed.

Clogged nozzles Foreign substance stuck to the head

Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the applicable color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color normal when printing using the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu?

NO

If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the following.

Defective head Foreign substance stuck to the wiper

Is the problem remedied by replacing the YES BJ print head of that color and executing the following process? NO Load the recommended type of media larger than A3 (plain paper or coated paper) and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu.

Completed. Replace the wiper (Cleaner blade).

544

545

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Vertical misalignment 2

4. Low resolution
Problem/Unit Clogged nozzle, foreign substance stuck to the head Step 1 Check item Execute the [Head Cleaning] for the applicable color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color proper when printing the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and carrying out the following? Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu? Result NO Remedy If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the next step.

Defective head

YES

Completed.

Normal

Abnormal

Problem/Unit Printing position adjustment problem

Step 1

Check item Is it corrected by loading the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and executing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu? Is the paper thickness adjustment lever in the proper position?

Result YES

Remedy Completed.

5. Dislocation of dots of different colors


Problem/Unit Foreign substance stuck to the head Step 1 Check item Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color proper when printing the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? Result NO Remedy If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the next step. Completed.

Paper thickness adjustment problem

NO

Set the paper thickness adjustment lever position properly and carry out the following. Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. Set the [Print Mode] menu to other than "Draft".

Printing position adjustment problem

Is it corrected by loading the recomYES mended type of paper (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and executing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu? Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and executing the following? Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES NO

Defective head Print mode Check the print mode. Is it in "Draft" mode? YES Defective media sensor (PS9) on the carriage unit

Completed. Replace the carriage unit and do the following. Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute "Auto Adjust" of [Adjustment] menu.

546

547

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Dot misalignment

7. Lines (Carriage direction)

Normal
Normal Abnormal

Abnormal

Problem/Unit Foreign substance stuck to the head

Step 1

Check item Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color proper when the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu is printed? Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and executing the following? Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coat paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu.

Result NO

Remedy If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the next step. Completed. Replace the wiper (cleaner blade). Problem/Unit Main menu settings

Defective head Foreign substance stuck to wiper (cleaner blade)

YES NO

Normal
Step 1 Check item Is the "Band Joint" selected in "Feed Priority" in the [System Setup] menu? Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the applicable color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color normal when printing using the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? Load the recommended type of media larger than A3 (plain paper or coated paper) and execute the "Auto Band-Adj" in the [Adjustment] menu. Is the problem remedied by replacing the BJ print head of that color and executing the following? Load the recommended type of media larger than A3 (plain paper or coated paper) and execute the "Auto BandAdj" in the [Adjustment] menu.

Abnormal
Result NO Remedy If the problem persists after setting "Band Joint", check the following. If the problem persists after this step has been attempted 3 times, check the following.

Clogged nozzles Foreign substance stuck to the head

NO

Improper paper feed rate adjustment

YES

Completed.

Defective head

YES

Completed.

548

549

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

8. White lines (Paper feed direction)

9. Bleeding

DENSITY 1

DENSITY 1

Normal

Abnormal

Normal

Abnormal

Problem/Unit Linear scale Engine controller

Step 1

Check item Is it corrected by replacing the linear scale and executing the following? Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu.

Result YES NO

Remedy Completed. Replace the engine controller.

Problem/Unit Media smudges easily.

Step 1

Check item Is the recommended type of media being used?

Result NO

Remedy Use the recommended type of media (coated paper or other smudge resistant paper). Explain to the user to use the media with the printable side facing up. Set the [Print Mode] to other than "Draft".

Printable side reversed.

Is the printable side of the media facing up?

NO

Print mode

Check the print mode. Is it in "Draft" mode?

YES

10. Dimensional accuracy problems


Problem/Unit Expansion/contraction of media Step 1 Check item Is it corrected by using the media after placing the media under the machine operating environment for some time? Result YES Remedy Explain to the user to use the media only after placing it under the machine operating environment for some time. Adjust the paper feed accuracy compensation value. (See page 5-13).

Paper feed accuracy compensation value

Confirm with the paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern.

NO

550

551

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

11. Blotting boundary between filled images

VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/ FUNCTIONS


A. Sensors and Switches
PS8 PS6 SW2

Normal

Abnormal

PS9 Problem/Unit Poor moisture absorbency of media Step 1 Check item Is the recommended type of media being used? Result NO Remedy Explain to the user to use the recommended type of media (media with high absorbency). Explain to the user to place the printable side of the media facing up. Set the [Print Mode] menu to "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution". PS1

PS4

PS3

SW1

Printable side reversed

Is the printable side of the media facing up?

NO

Ink dries slowly.

Check the print mode. Is it in "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution" mode?

NO

PS2

Figure 5-601
Name Photo-interrupter Symbol PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PS6 PS8 PS9 Function Pump position detection Home position detection Detection of remaining ink in the ink chamber Detection of the ink tank presence Media trailing edge detection Printing position detection Media leading edge detection, media width detection, internal temperature detection, printing position detection AC power OFF/ON Front cover open/close detection

Sensor

Switch

SW1 SW2

Table 5-601 552 553

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids

C. Logic boards

[3] M2 [1] [2]

FM1 M1 FM2

SL1

[5] [4] M3

Figure 5-602
Name Engine controller Image controller Carriage controller DC power supply Operation panel controller

Figure 5-603
Symbol [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] Function Sequence control/motor control Data communication to host/raster conversion Head drive signal/sensor signal relay DC power supply Operation key, LED and message display control

Name Motor

Symbol M1 M2 M3 FM1 FM2 SL1 Paper feed drive Carriage drive Pump drive Hold paper during printing Heat dispersion

Function

Fan

Solenoid

Wiper (cleaner blade) lifting

Table 5-602

Table 5-603

554

555

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

D. Engine Controller
J217
1 8 1

E. Image Controller
SW201 LED 601 J213 J214
11 1 3 71 72 71 72

J201

SIM601

LED 602

DSW601

J212

J203

SIM602

J202

8 1

A1

J211

B11

CN601

J210

A11

B1

J204

2 1

A1

A16

B1

B16 18

LED 605

J205
1 4

J206
1 3

39 40

J207

1 2

39 40

J208

1 2

CN604

B1 1

CN603
1 2 36

5 CN605 1

CN606
19 9 6 1 8

Figure 5-604
SW No. DSW601-1 SW No. SW201 Function Switching between A1 and A0 size models. A0: No jumper A1: Jumper installed Remarks DSW601-2 DSW601-3 DSW601-4 For factory adjustment For factory adjustment For factory adjustment For factory adjustment For factory adjustment Unused Unused Function For factory adjustment

Figure 5-605
Remarks Set to OFF before shipment from factory Set to OFF before shipment from factory Set to OFF before shipment from factory Set to ON before shipment from factory Set to OFF before shipment from factory Set to OFF before shipment from factory

Table 5-604

DSW601-5 DSW601-6 LED601 LED602 LED603 LED604 LED605

Lit in CPU operation (normal) Lit at CPU stop (abnormal) Lit when power is supplied

Table 5-605 556 557

22 21 19 20

J209

B16

LED LED 603 604

A16

CN607

A1

CN602

1 2

1 2 1 2

40 39 1 2

CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1 B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ...................................... 6-4 C. ENGIN CONTROLLER ................................... 6-16

D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33 E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41 F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 8
CARRIAGE MOTOR

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

7
PAPER FEED MOTOR

6
SUCTION FAN COOLING FAN

5
PE SENSOR

4
FRONT COVER SENSOR

1
General circuit diagram (1/3)

F
J7

2 1 3
J8

J12

6 5 6 5

4 3 4 3

2 1 2 1

J5

2 2
FAN_CONT

1
FAN_CONT VH FANSTS

2 1

1 2
DOOR_IN

Vcc MEDIA_IN GND

J201

VH

6 7 6 7 5 5

4 3 4 3

2 1 2 1

J203

6 5 6 5

4 3 4 3

2 1 2 1

J206

J204

2 3 2 3 1 1

J214

2 3 2 3 1 1

2 2

1 1

J211

GND

YBN YB YAN YA VH VH

XBN XB XAN XA VH VH

2 2

1 1
J202 J9

E
8 7 6 5
J202

8 7 6 5 4 3 3 2 1 1
P P OW _ C O N L P P OW _ C O N L PG_OUT4 PG_OUT3 PG_OUT2 PG_OUT1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J4
PURGE MOTOR

4 2

1 2
J212 J1 Vcc CRGHP_IN GND Vcc PURHP_IN GND SOL_CONT VH
HOME POSITION SENSOR

3 8 7 6
J3

8 7 6

8 7 6 5 5 4 3 3 2 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ENGINE CONTROLLER
VH

J212

5 4 3 2 1
J2

1 2 3
PUMP SENSOR

4 2

GND Vcc GND(H)

1 2
J10

2 1

WIPER SOLENOID

J210

6 5 6 5

4 3 4 3

2 1 2 1
J210

4 3

2 1 1
J205

J13

3 2 2 1

1 2 3
INK TANK SENSOR

3
J213

GND Vcc GND(H) GND(H) VH VH

11 10 9 8
J102 J213

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 6 5

4 3 4 3
J102

2 1 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2

Vcc TANK GND INK1_IN GND INKCONN Vcc

J11

1 2 3 4

4 3 2 1
INK SENSOR

POWER SUPPLY

2 3
5 6

1 2 1
N
J101

AC INLET AC 100-240V 50/60HZ

6-1

30 2 39 3 28 4 37 5 26 6 35 7 24 8 33 9 22 31 10 11 20 29 12 18 27
J506

40

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050

29 38 27 36 25 34 23 32 21 30 19 28 17 16 25
J501

13 14

26

15

15 14 24

16

HRESET DCLK3 IDATA3 VH VH VH SUB3 SUB3 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B3

17

HEAD(3)
13 12 21 10 19 9 18 8 17 7 6 15 5 4 13 3 2 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 15 16 14
J505

J208

23 22

18

19

11 20 16 14 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34

20 22 24 26 28

21 23 25 27 29

ODD3 BE30 HENB3 DIR3 DIA3 RANK3 HS1B3 HS1A3 HS2A3 LTCLK3 EVEN3 BE31 HENB3

30 32 34 36 38

31 33 35 37 39

Vcc GND O_OHTP0 O_OHTP1 O_OHTP2 O_OHTP3 GND O_EHTP0 O_EHTP1 O_EHTP2 O_EHTP3 GND Vcc BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 GND HLDTRG GND GND OCRCDET GND COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN GND GND

ENGINE CONTROLLER

40 2 4 6

1 3 5 7

HEAD(2)
13 11 9 7 5 3 1 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15

33

12 10 8 6 4 2
DIK3
J502

32 31 29 27 25 23 30 28 26 24 22

10 12 14 16 18

11 13 15 17 19
J207

DIK2 HRESET DCLK2 IDATA2 VH VH VH SUB2 SUB2 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B2 ODD2 BE20 HENB2 DIR2 DIA2 RANK2 HS1B2 HS1A2 HS2A2 LTCLK2 EVEN2 BE21 HENB2

21 19

20

20

21 22

CARRIAGE CONTROLLER

30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14

18 17 15 13 11 9 8 7 6 16 14 12 10

23 24 26 28 30 32 34 25 27 29 31 33 35

J504

VH VH VH GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) O_HRESET LSA LSB REGISENS REGI_HOLD H5VCNTN O_R5VCONTN P26SUP O_DI_RNKSEL0 O_DI_RNKSEL1 O_DI_RNKSEL2 O_HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL1 O_HD_DT0 O_HD_DT1 O_HD_DT2 O_HD_DT3 O_HD_CLK O_HD_LTCLK O_SUBH0 O_SUBH1 O_SUBH2 O_SUBH3 GND LED_CONT_R LED_CONT_L GND HABA_IN REGILOOK RANK_IN

36

5 4 3

THERM_IN

37 38

HEAD(1) HEAD(0)

39

13 11 9 7 5 3 1 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1
HENB0 DIR0 DIA0 RANK0 HS1B0 HS1A0 HS2A0 LTCLK0 EVEN0 BE01 HENB0 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B0 ODD0 BE00 DIK0 HRESET DCLK0 IDATA0 VH VH VH SUB0 SUB0 GND(H)

DI_IN GND Vcc

40

12 10 8 6 4 2
J510

DIK1 HRESET DCLK1 IDATA1 VH VH VH SUB1 SUB1 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B1 ODD1 BE10 HENB1 DIR1 DIA1 RANK1 HS1B1 HS1A1 HS2A1 LTCLK1 EVEN1 BE11 HENB1

GND

8 7 6

THERM POUT

PAPER SENSOR

30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
J503

+5V

5 4 3 2 1 4

REGOUT +26V LEDR LEDB

General circuit diagram (2/3)

LINEAR SCALE/LINEAR SENSOR

J509

LSA Vcc

3 2 1

LSB GND

4 5

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

6-2

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


1
General circuit diagram (3/3)

F
RS-232C CENTRONICS

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36

J701 CN602

1 40 2 39 3 38 4 37 5 36 6 35 35 7 34 8 33 9 33 34 36 37 38 39 40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CN605

CN604

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
EXPANSION SLOT

SIM601

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
EXPANSION SLOT

SIM602

IMAGE CONTROLLER

32 32 10 10 31 31 11 11 30 30 12 12 29 29 13 13 28 28 14 14 27 27 15 15 26 26 16 16 25 25 17 17 24 24 18 18 23 23 19 19 22 22 20 20 21 21
J602

PKEY0 PVcc PKEY1 CPURSTL PKEY2 Vss PKEY3 R/WN PKEY4 Vss PKEY5 RS BUZZER VEE RSV1 LCDE Vss Vss PLED0 PDAT7 PLED1 PDAT6 PLED2 PDAT5 PLED3 PDAT4 PLED4 Vss PLED5 PDAT3 PLED6 PDAT2 PLED7 PDAT1 PLED8 PDAT0 PLED9 Vss RSV2 RSV3

1 24 2
RSV2 PKEY0 PLED9 PKEY1 PLED8 PKEY2 PLED7 PKEY3 PLED6 PKEY4 PLED5 PKEY5 PLED4 BUZZER PLED3 RSV1 PLED2 Vss PLED1 PLED0

1 24 2 23 23 3 22 22 4 21 21 5 20 20 6 19 19 7 18 18 8 17

CN701

VENB PIXRDY PIXCLK Vcc Vcc Vcc PIX0 PIX1 PIX2 PIX3 PIX4 PIX5 GND GND PIX6 PIX7 TxD RxD GND GND CTS RTS CPRDY PPRDY DSR DTR EXT0 EXT1 EXT2 EXT3 EXT4 EXT5

RI RTS CTS DTR GND DSR RD TD CD


J209

1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

SELIN Vcc N.C. GND /FAULT /INT GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND Vcc FG GND N.C. AFD SELECT PE BUSY /ACK DATA7 DATA6 DATA5 DATA4 DATA3 DATA2 DATA1 DATA0 /STB
CN607

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

17 9 16 16 10 10 15 15 11 11 14 14 12 12 13 13 1 22 1 22
CN702

OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER

PVcc 2 2 RSV3 21 21 CPURSTL 3 3 Vss 20 20 Vss 4 4 PDAT0 19 19 R/WN 5 5 PDAT1 18 18 Vss 6 6 PDAT2 17 17 RS 7 7 PDAT3 16 16 VEE 8 8 Vss 15 15 LCDE 9 9 PDAT4 14 14 Vss 10 10 PDAT5 13 13 PDAT7 11 11 PDAT6

12

12

J702

ENGINE CONTROLLER

6-3

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
B. IMAGE CONTROLLER 8
7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Image controller (1/12)

CA[31..2] CA[31..2] CD[31..0] C605 4700p CD[31..0] (11/12-F7) (11/12-F7)

GND

L601 VCC

1 12 20 28 32 37 44 50 61 71 79 82 96 99 103 115 127 140 148 154 168 171 180 190

VCC Y602 8 4 33MHz(DIP) GND C664 33P GND 5 R879 33 CA2 CA3 CA4 CA5 CA6 CA7 CA8 CA9 CA10 CA11 CA12 CA13 CA14 CA15 CA16 CA17 CA18 CA19 CA20 CA21 CA22 CA23 CA24 CA25 CA26 CA27 CA28 CA29 CA30 CA31 111 112 113 114 116 117 118 119 120 122 123 124 128 129 130 132 133 134 136 137 138 139 141 142 143 144 145 151 152 153 87 3 6 5 C610 0.01u C611 0.01u C688 0.01u GND (10/12-C6) READYL 33 C607 33P GND VCC C609 0.01u GND (5/12-C8) (7/12-E1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-C8) RST TP605 R697 2 (2/12-C8)(7/12-D7)(10/12-E6) RSTL U631A 1 181 GND 182 184 40 57 58 59 60 (7/12-E3) (7/12-E3) (7/12-E3) (7/12-C4) (7/12-C4) (5/12-D8) (9/12-D8) (9/12-D8) (10/12-B3) ABORTL INTL DBINTL OSINTL EVENTL 232INTL RXINT TXINT RSINT 108 93 94 95 100 101 102 106 107 GND 2 C645 0.01u GND VCC GND 46 43 85 91

GND

VCCPLL VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC

VCC VCC

VCC R715 2.2K R714 10Kf U613 5 7 VCC VSA VSB VSC CT GND VCC R875 4.7K R810 4.7K 1 VCC RESET OUTC 8 3

R713 4.7K

R921 4.7K

R711 4.7K

(8/12-D5)

SOFTSW R710 3.9Kf VCC C615 2.2uF R712 4.7K U608B

6 2 1 4

A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 CLKIN RESET STEST ONCE CLKMODE HOLD READY BTERM BOFF DREQ0 DREQ1

U608A

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 BE0 BE1

36 35 34 33 27 26 25 23 22 21 19 18 17 15 14 13 11 10 9 8 6 5 4 3 195 194 192 191 189 188 187 186 170 172 175 176 164 178 45 78 74 179

CD0 CD1 CD2 CD3 CD4 CD5 CD6 CD7 CD8 CD9 CD10 CD11 CD12 CD13 CD14 CD15 CD16 CD17 CD18 CD19 CD20 CD21 CD22 CD23 CD24 CD25 CD26 CD27 CD28 CD29 CD30 CD31 CBE0L CBE1L CBE2L CBE3L RDL ADSL R880 PCLK1 33 C666 33P GND (10/12-E6) (11/12-A7) (11/12-A7) (11/12-A7) (11/12-A7) (10/12-D6) (10/12-D6)

(8/12-D5) (7/12-E3)

CPURSTL RESETL

U607 80960CF(PQFP)

BE2 BE3 W/R ADS FAIL PCLK1 PCLK2 HOLDA BREQ D/C SUP WAIT BLAST DT/R DEN LOCK DMA DACK0 EOP/TC0 DACK1

72

DREQ2 DREQ3 NMI XINT0 XINT1 XINT2 XINT3 XINT4 XINT5 XINT6 XINT7

155 159 158 162 169 163 167 156 160 62 66 63 67 64 68 65 69 R700 10K R696 10K R695 10K R694 10K R693 10K VCC VCC 3 U620B LED604 4 330 R970 1 VCC 330 VCC U620A LED603 2 R969 VCC VCC R701 10K WAITL BLASTL DTRL DENL (10/12-D6) (10/12-C6) (5/12-F8) (7/12-E5) (10/12-C6) VCC

GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND

VCC

2 7 16 24 30 38 39 49 56

EOP/TC1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND DACK2 EOP/TC2 DACK3 EOP/TC3

C608 0.1uF

C612 0.1uF

C665 0.1uF

C650 0.1uF

C656 0.1uF

GND

70 75 77 81 83 88 89 92 98 105 109 110 121 125 131 135 147 150 161 165 173 174 185 196

B
GND

GND VCC

C667 0.1uF

C668 0.1uF

C669 0.1uF

C651 0.1uF

C652 0.1uF

C653 0.1uF

C657 0.1uF

GND

6-4

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
(5/12-F8) (10/12-F6) (11/12-F2) D[31..0] (11/12-F2) A[31..2]

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Image controller (2/12)

D[31..0] A[31..2]

F
U612 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 48 17 16 26 28 11 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 CE OE WE RESET RY/BY BYTE 12 15 47 VCC DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 29 31 33 35 38 40 42 44 30 32 34 36 39 41 43 45 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 48 17 16 26 28 11 U618 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 CE OE WE RESET RY/BY BYTE 12 15 47 VCC DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 29 31 33 35 38 40 42 44 30 32 34 36 39 41 43 45 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 (11/12-A5) BE1L A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 3 2 12 14 43 XU601 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 CE OE WE RESET RY/BY BYTE 44 1 33 VCC DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 15 17 19 21 24 26 28 30 16 18 20 22 25 27 29 31 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15

C
(1/12-D6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C2) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C2) RSTL FROML FOEL FWE0L FWE3L BFROML BOOTCSL BFOEL BOOTOEL R939 33 R938 33 R937 33 R936 33 R707 33 R709 33 U608D R704 33 R708 33 R882 33 JP604 JP601 12 11 13 33 R702 JP602 9 8 10 33 U608C R703 R706 10K R705 10K R881 10K VCC

(10/12-C2)

BOOTWRL

VCC

C616 0.1uF

C613 0.1uF

C658 0.1uF

GND

6-5

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Image controller (3/12)

MD[31..0] (12/12-F2) (12/12-F2) MD[31..0] MA[10..0] MA[10..0]

U616 U602 MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA7 MA8 MA9 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 32 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9 I/O10 18 35 34 17 33 RAS LCAS UCAS WE OE I/O11 I/O12 I/O13 I/O14 I/O15 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 VCC GND 11 15 16 19 20 36 40 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC GND GND GND 26 20 45 36 50 40 GND GND GND GND VCC VCC VCC 1 6 15 25 16 19 GND 11 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC GND GND GND 26 20 45 36 50 40 VCC VCC VCC 1 6 15 25 16 19 GND 11 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC GND GND GND 26 20 45 36 50 40 VCC VCC VCC 1 6 15 25 16 19 GND 11 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC GND GND GND 26 45 50 VCC VCC VCC 1 6 25 MD0 MA0 MD1 MA1 MD2 MA2 MD3 MA3 MD4 MA4 MD5 MA5 MD6 MA6 MD7 MA7 MD8 MA8 MD9 MA9 MD10 MD11 18 MD12 35 MD13 34 MD14 17 MD15 33 RAS LCAS UCAS WE OE 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9 I/O10 I/O11 I/O12 I/O13 I/O14 I/O15 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 VCC MD16 MA0 MD17 MA1 MD18 MA2 MD19 MA3 MD20 MA4 MD21 MA5 MD22 MA6 MD23 MA7 MD24 MA8 MD25 MA9 MD26 MD27 18 MD28 35 MD29 34 MD30 17 MD31 33 RAS LCAS UCAS WE OE 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9 I/O10 I/O11 I/O12 I/O13 I/O14 I/O15 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 VCC MD0 MA0 MD1 MA1 MD2 MA2 MD3 MA3 MD4 MA4 MD5 MA5 MD6 MA6 MD7 MA7 MD8 MA8 MD9 MA9 MD10 MD11 18 MD12 35 MD13 34 MD14 17 MD15 33 RAS LCAS UCAS WE OE 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9 I/O10 I/O11 I/O12 I/O13 I/O14 I/O15 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 VCC MD16 MD17 MD18 MD19 MD20 MD21 MD22 MD23 MD24 MD25 MD26 MD27 MD28 MD29 MD30 MD31 U611 U606

TP619 (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) RAS0L TP626 RAS1L CAS0AL CAS1AL TP624 CAS2AL CAS3AL TP625 DWEL

R953 R955 R951 R952 R949 R950 R954 33 33 33 33 33 33 22 WEL (4/12-B8)

VCC

C673 0.1uF

C663 0.1uF

C677 0.1uF

C674 0.1uF

C662 0.1uF

C649 0.1uF

C648 0.1uF

C642 0.1uF

GND

6-6

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Image controller (4/12)

F
(12/12-F2) (12/12-F2) MD[31..0] MA[10..0] MD[31..0] MA[10..0]

SIM601 1 MD0 MD16 MD1 MD17 MD2 MD18 MD3 MD19 VCC GND 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA10 MD4 MD20 MD5 MD21 MD6 MD22 MD7 MD23 MA7 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 VCC MA8 MA9 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 VSS D0 D16 D1 D17 D2 D18 D3 D19 VCC NC A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A10 D4 D20 D5 D21 D6 D22 D7 D23 A7 NC VCC A8 A9 RAS3 RAS2 NC NC NC NC VSS CAS0 CAS2 CAS3 CAS1 RAS0 RAS1 NC WE NC D8 D24 D9 D25 D10 D26 D11 D27 D12 D28 VCC D29 D13 D30 D14 D31 D15 NC PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 NC VSS 37 38 39 40 GND 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 GND TP615 (10/12-D2) (1012/-D2) (10/12-E2) (10/12-E2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) (3/12-B1) RAS2L TP620 RAS3L TP616 RAS4L TP621 RAS5L TP618 CAS0BL TP622 CAS1BL TP623 CAS2BL TP617 CAS3BL TP604 WEL R942 R941 R944 R943 R948 R945 R947 R946 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 TP602 (10/12-D2) SM1T0 SM1T1 (10/12-D2) MA8 MA9 MD8 MD24 MD9 MD25 MD10 MD26 MD11 MD27 MD12 MD28 VCC MD29 MD13 MD30 MD14 MD31 MD15 R816 10K R814 4.7K R815 4.7K VCC VCC VCC VCC MA7 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA10 MD4 MD20 MD5 MD21 MD6 MD22 MD7 MD23 MD0 MD16 MD1 MD17 MD2 MD18 MD3 MD19 VCC GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

SIM602 VSS D0 D16 D1 D17 D2 D18 D3 D19 VCC NC A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A10 D4 D20 D5 D21 D6 D22 D7 D23 A7 NC VCC A8 A9 RAS3 RAS2 NC NC NC NC VSS CAS0 CAS2 CAS3 CAS1 RAS0 RAS1 NC WE NC D8 D24 D9 D25 D10 D26 D11 D27 D12 D28 VCC D29 D13 D30 D14 D31 D15 NC PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 NC VSS 37 38 39 40 GND 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 GND TP603 MD8 MD24 MD9 MD25 MD10 MD26 MD11 MD27 MD12 MD28 VCC MD29 MD13 MD30 MD14 VCC MD31 MD15 R817 10K R819 4.7K R818 4.7K (10/12-D2) SM2T0 SM2T1 (10/12-D2) VCC VCC

VCC

B
R935 10K

VCC JP605

CLL C646 0.1uF C647 0.1uF C671 0.1uF C672 0.1uF GND

(10/12-D3)

GND

6-7

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
D[31..0] (2/12-F8) (10/12-F6) (11/12-F2) D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 (1/12-C2) DTRL R605 100 R604 100 VCC U627 541IA[2..0] 541IA[2..0] (12/12-A7) C637 0.1uF B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 EG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 19 541IA0 541IA1 541IA2 (7/12-B7) (7/12-F1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-D8) IO_RDL IO_WRL (7/12-B7) (7/12-F1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-D8) ID5 ID4 ID3 ID2 ID1 GND ID0 6 5 2 1 28 27 ID7 ID6 8 7 U632 DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 DB0 TRNCLK RCVCLK (10/12-C2) SCU0L 11 13 VCC IA0 R964 10K U631D (1/12-C6) 232INTL 8 9 TP634 TP636 R1032 10K 15 14 16 18 10 12 CS RD WR CMDT L625 TRNRDY RCVRDY SYNC/BRK TRNEMP VCC FG 9 25 TRNDT RCVDT RTS DTR CTS DSR 19 3 23 24 17 22 7 6 20 21 8 5 26 22 19 24 IA[2..0] IA[2..0] (12/12-B2) C622 0.1uF 16 C2T1I T2I T3I T4I R1O R2O R3O R4O R5O EN GND T1O T2O T3O T4O R1I R2I R3I R4I R5I SHDN 10 2 3 1 28 9 4 CN605 27 23 18 25 VCC L628 L626 L627 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CD TD RD DSR GND DTR CTS RTS RI GND R812 1k R813 10K 14 15 C1C2+ V+ V13 17 C621 0.1uF 12 C1+ VCC 11 C638 0.1uF 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 D[31..0] U604 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 DIR B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 EG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 19 645ID0 645ID1 645ID2 645ID3 645ID4 645ID5 645ID6 645ID7

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

6
645ID[7..0]

5
645ID[7..0] ID[7..0] (12/12-A7)

4
(6/12-F7) (7/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)

1
Image controller (5/12)

(10/12-D2)

IOSELL

U603 (11/12-A5) (11/12-A5) BE0L BE1L A2 (10/12-D2) (10/12-D2) IORDL IOWRL VCC 7 R603 10K 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 DIR

(7/12-D1) (1/12-D6)

7.3728MHz RST

20 GND 21

CLOCK RST

VCC GND

26 4

GND

(7/12-C1)

232CLK

C
IA[2..0] U619 ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 26 (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) EEPROML EEPOEL EEPWEL 20 22 27 1 IO0 IO1 IO2 IO3 IO4 IO5 IO6 IO7 A13 CE OE WE A14 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 IA0 IA1 IA2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12

GND (11/12-F2) A[31..2] A[31..2]

VCC

C603 0.1uF

C602 0.1uF

C739 0.1uF

C614 0.1uF

C636 0.1uF

C620 0.1uF

GND

6-8

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


1
Image controller (6/12)
VCC

R986 R985 R984 R983 R982 R981 R980 R979 ID[7..0] 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K U622 ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 10 11 13 14 19 20 21 22 15 (10/12-C2) (10/12-C2) (10/12-C2) (8/12-C5) CFFL CRDL CEFL CHFL R977 47 VCC R976 47 24 23 9 18 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 FF RD EF XO/HF D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 RS WR FL/RT XI 7 6 5 4 31 30 29 28 3 25 2 26 8 GND GND (10/12-C2) (10/12-C2) CWRL CRSTL VCC R978 10K VCC GND U621A 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 U623 Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 OC D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 CLK 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 11 R1030 R1028 R1026 R1024 R1022 R1020 R1018 R1016

(6/12-B1)

IVCC

D602

F
CN604 L613 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FG 16 17 /STB DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 DATA5 DATA6 DATA7 /ACK BUSY PE SELECT /AFD NC. GND FG +5V GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND /INIT /FAULT GND NC. +5V /SELIN L621 L620 L619 L618 L617 L616 L615 L614 L612

(5/12-F5)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)(12/12-D2)

ID[7..0]

R1031 4.7K 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 R1029 4.7K R1027 4.7K R1025 4.7K R1023 4.7K R1021 4.7K R1019 4.7K R1017 4.7K

C729 C728 C727 C726 C725 C724 C723 C722

(6/12-B1)

IVCC D601

L611 L610 L609 L608

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

R974 10K (10/12-B2) CSTBH 4

R1041 U621B 3 R1014 C717 470pF U620C GND 6 100 R1015 1K 1K

FG

18 19 20 21

R1013 3.3K

L623

22 23 24 25

(10/12-B2)

CACKL

U620D (10/12-B2) CBSYH 9 8

R1012 1K L624 26 27 28

U620E (10/12-B2) PE 11 10

R1011 3.3K

L622

29 30

GND

330PF

L607 L606 R1010 3.3K

31 32 33 FG 34 35 3.3K 36

U620F (10/12-B2) SELECT 13 VCC 12

R1040 R971 10K (10/12-B2) AFXT 8 VCC C719 470pF R972 10K (10/12-B2) INIT 10 U621E 11 GND R1006 100 C718 0.01u U601C (10/12-B2) NFAULT 5 VCC 6 GND R1005 3.3K R1007 3.3K U621D 9 R1008 100 R1009 3.3K

R975 10K (10/12-B2) SELIN 6

U621C 5 R1038 100 C738 470pF GND

R1039 3.3K

L629 VCC C736 0.1uF IVCC (6/12-E4) (6/12-F4)

2 FG GND L630

FG

VCC

C720 0.1uF

C716 0.1uF

C715 0.1uF

C641 0.1uF

C721 0.1uF

GND

6-9

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4
VCC R1037 R1036 R1035 R1034 10K 10K 10K 10K (5/12-F5) (6/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2) ID[7..0] ID[7..0] VCC CN601 A11 A10 U615 ID7 ID6 ID5 ID4 ID3 ID2 ID1 ID0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 DIR B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 EG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 19 GND A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 VCC GND ID7 ID6 ID5 ID4 ID3 ID2 ID1 ID0 IA0 SCU2L IO_RDL IO_WRL GND DBCLK GND ABORTL RESETL DBINTL INTL RST B1 B2 2 B3 3 B4 4 B5 5 B6 B7 GND B8 B9 B10 B11 R793 R792 R791 R790 220 220 220 220 (1/12-C6) ABORTL (1/12-D8) RESETL (1/12-C6) DBINTL (1/12-C6) INTL 6 7 8 9 1 U614 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 DIR B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 EG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 19 (1/12-D6) RST IA0 DBCLK SCU2L IO_RDL IO_WRL

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Image controller (7/12)

F
(10/12-C2) (5/12-E6) (5/12-E6)

(7/12-B1) IA[2..0] IA[2..0] (12/12-B2)

1 DTRL (1/12-C2) IA[2..0]

(12/12-B2)

IA[2..0] VCC

C634 SCU2L (10/12-C2) 0.1uF GND

C633 0.1uF

C632 0.1uF

C631 GND 0.1uF

10

D CLK

PR

12 11

U605B 9

33 7.3728MHz R874 C655 33P U610 GND ID0 ID1 ID2 8 7 5 4 43 42 41 40 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 CLK1 G1 OUT1 32 RD WR A0 A1 CLK2 G2 OUT2 27 ID7 25 26 VCC OUT1 EVENTL (1/12-C6) 32 37 (10/12-C2) PTCL 31 CS IA0 IA1 29 30 RD WR A0 A1 CLK2 G2 OUT2 27 25 26 VCC R876 DBCLK 33 (10/12-C2) RSVCS2L 31 CS (7/12-E1) 40 24 ID3 19 18 VCC OSINTL (1/12-C6) ID4 ID5 ID6 4 43 42 41 CLK0 G0 9 15 10 VCC REFL (10/12-E2) U609 ID0 ID1 ID2 8 7 5 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 CLK1 G1 24 19 18 33 R877 C660 33P GND VCC 232CLK (5/12-C8) CLK0 G0 OUT0 9 15 10 33 R878 C661 33P GND VCC ENGCLK (9/12-C8) (5/12-C8) (9/12-C8)

CL

(1/12-D6) VCC 3 5 6 7 8 4

RSTL Y601 ST A B C VCC GND OUT OUT2 1 2

13

ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7

(8/12-D5) ACKTA ACKTB (8/12-C5)

CL

OUT0

GND IA0 IA1

37 29 30

(5/12-E6) IO_RDL IO_WRL (5/12-E6)

B
33 R638 CENCK (10/12-E6)

VCC

C654 0.1uF

C676 0.1uF

C670 0.1uF

C659 0.1uF

C675 0.1uF

C644 0.1uF

D CLK

PR

2 3

U605A 5

GND

GND

6-10

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


1
Image controller (8/12)
VCC 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

R1071

R1070

R1069

R1068

R1067

R1066

R1065

R1064

ID[7..0] (5/12-F5) (6/12-F7) (7/12-F7) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)

ID[7..0]

U634 PA0 ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 PB0 PB1 IA0 IA1 5 4 A0 A1 PB2 PB3 PB4 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36

TP643 TP654 TP642 TP653 TP641 TP652 TP640 TP651

CN602 PDAT0 PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3 PDAT4 VCC PDAT5 PDAT6 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K PDAT7 R1056 100 R1055 100 PLED0 PLED1 PLED2 PLED3 PLED4 PLED5 PLED6 PLED7 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K VCC (8/12-D5) PLED[9..8] R1054 100 R1053 100 R1052 100 R1051 100 R1050 100 R934 100 R933 100 17 18 PKEY0 PKEY1 PKEY2 GND PKEY3 R1049 PKEY4 R1048 PKEY5 R1047 100 R1046 VCC VCC R1045 100 330 U601A 1 2 LED601 R601 330 LCDE VEE RS R/W PLED8 PLED9 (8/12-D4) (8/12-D4) (8/12-D4) (8/12-D4) VCC 10K 10K PLED[9..8] (8/12-E5) (8/12-D6) (8/12-D6) (8/12-D6) (8/12-D6) (1/12-D8) LCDE VEE RS R/W CPURSTL R929 100 R930 100 R931 100 R932 100 R928 1K 36 37 37 36 3 330 PB0 PB1 14 74LS14 U630B 4 SOFTSW (1/12-E8) VCC 4.7K U630C GND 18 19 20 21 22 10K 10K DA603A GND ACKTA ACKTB (7/12-D8) (7/12-C8) 10K 10K 5 6 BUZZER ATP0 ATP1 (8/12-F1) (10/12-B2) (10/12-B2) GND C689C693C692C691C690C748C749C750C751C752C753C754C755 1000p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p VCC 4.7K (8/12-C4) PG (8/12-C4) PVCC 38 U631B 4 3 6 U631C 5 39 40 35 34 33 32 10K 10K 10K 10K R1044 100 R1043 100 R1042 100 PDAT7 31 PDAT6 30 PDAT5 29 100 PDAT4 28 VCC 3 10K 10K U601B 4 LED602 R602 PDAT3 27 100 PDAT2 26 100 PDAT1 25 PDAT0 24 C769C768C767C766C765C764C763C762C761C760C759C758C757C756C695C694 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 19 20 21 22 23 PLED9 16 PLED8 15 PLED7 14 PLED6 13 PLED5 12 PLED4 11 PLED3 10 PLED2 9 R1058 100 R1057 100 PLED1 PLED0 (8/12-D5) BUZZER 7 8 R1063 100 R1062 100 R1061 100 R1060 100 R1059 100 PKEY5 6 PKEY4 5 PKEY3 4 PKEY2 3 PKEY1 2 PKEY0 1 PKEY0 PKEY1 PKEY2 PKEY3 PKEY4 PKEY5 BUZZER RSV1 VSS PLED0 PLED1 PLED2 PLED3 PLED4 PLED5 PLED6 PLED7 PLED8 PLED9 RSV2 RSV3 VSS PDAT0 PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3 VSS PDAT4 PDAT5 PDAT6 PDAT7 VSS LCDE VEE RS VSS R/W VSS CPURSTL PVCC

R1079

R1078

R1077

R1076

R1075

R1074

R1073

R1072

TP647 TP658 TP646 TP657 TP645 TP656 TP644 TP655

(12/12-B2)

IA[2..0] IA[2..0]

(5/12-E6) (5/12-E6) (10/12-C2)

IO_RDL IO_WRL PIAL

44 35 2

RD WR CS

PB5 PB6 PB7

R1085

R1084

R1083

R965

R1082

R1081

R1080

R968

(1/12-D6)

RST

32

RESET

PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3

10 11 12 13 9 8 7 6

TP650 TP661 TP649 TP632 TP660 TP648 TP659 TP633

VCC 23 VDD

PC4 PC5 PC6 3 GND PC7

GND

R922

R923

R924

R925

R808

R809

U629 PA0 ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 220 R807 220 R806 220 R805 220 R804 220 R803 220 R802 220 R801 220 R800 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 TP630 TP631 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 43 42 41 40 39 38

R927

R926

R967

15 16

IA0 IA1

5 4

A0 A1

PB2 PB3 PB4

R940

44 35 (10/12-C2) RSVCS1L 2

RD WR CS

PB5 PB6 PB7

R795

VCC

DA603B

DA603C

DA603D

DA607A

DA607B

DA607C

DA607D

DA611A

DA611B

DA611C

DA611D

32

RESET

PC0 PC1 PC2

10 VCC 11 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 12 13 9 8 7 6

DA614A

GND VCC DSW601 1 2 3 4 5 12 11 10 9 8 7 GND L603 (8/12-D2) PG BLM21B03PT (8/12-D2) PVCC BLM21B03PT C617 0.1uF L604

C630C629C628C627C626C625C624C623 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P VCC 23 GND 3 GND GND VDD

PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7

R796

R797

R798

R799

GND

VCC

CHFL

(6/12-E7)

CTSL

(9/12-E1)

DA605A

DA605B

DA605C

DA605D

DA609A

DA609B

DA609C

DA609D

DA613A

DA613B

DA613C

DA613D

DA614B

GND

VCC

DA612A

DA612B

DA612C

DA612D

DA608A

DA608B

DA608C

DA608D

DA604A

DA604B

DA604C

DA604D

DA601A

DA601B

DA601C

DA601D

C735 0.1uF

C714 0.1uF

C733 0.1uF

C734 0.1uF

GND

GND U601D 9 8

U601E 11 10

DA614C

10

U630E 11

U601F 13 12 12 U630F 13

GND

U630D

R785

R784

R1086

R1087

R786

R787

R788

R789

DA615A

DA615B

DA615C

DA615D

DA610A

DA610B

DA610C

DA610D

DA606A

DA606B

DA606C

DA606D

DA602A

DA602B

DA602C

DA602D

6-11

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


1
Image controller (9/12)
(10/12-F2) PIX[7..0] PIX[7..0] U625 PIX0 PIX1 PIX2 PIX3 PIX4 PIX5 PIX6 PIX7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 19 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 G1 G2 R987 10K R989 10K R999 10K R1004 10K Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 XPIX0 XPIX1 XPIX2 XPIX3 XPIX4 XPIX5 XPIX6 XPIX7 R991 R992 R993 R994 R995 R996 R997 R998 22 22 VCC XPIX6 47P C706 47P C708 A8 A9 A10 A11 XPIX4 47P C702 47P C704 A6 A7 22 22 XPIX0 XPIX2 47P C700 A4 A5 22 CN607 22 22 22 47P C698 47P C699 A1 A2 A3 VENB PIXCLK VCC PIX0 PIX2 PIX4 GND PIX6 RXD GND RTS CPRDY DTR EXT0 EXT2 EXT4 PIXRDY VCC VCC PIX1 PIX3 PIX5 GND PIX7 TXD GND CTS PPRDY DSR EXT1 EXT3 EXT5 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 C639 100uF C635 100uF C604 100uF C601 100uF 47P C713 VCC 47P C711 XPIX7 47P C707 47P C709 CTSL (8/12-C5) R1002 10K XPIX1 GND XPIX3 XPIX5 47P C701 47P C703 47P C705 VCC TP662 TP635 TP601 R794 4.7K VCC JP603 RSINT (10/12-B3) LED605 330 R811 2 4 VCC L605 CB CG B PSG 1 3 2 1 CN603 2 1 XPIX[7..0]

GND

(10/12-F2) (10/12-F6)

VENB PIXCLK 4 U624B 3 2 U624A 1

R988 220 R990 0

47P C710

A12 A13

47P C712

A14 A15

(5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(12/12-D2)

ID[7..0] U633 ID7 8 ID6 7 DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 DB0 TRNCLK RCVCLK 9 TRNDT RCVDT RTS DTR CTS DSR 19 3 23

A16

(12/12-B2)

IA[2..0]

ID5 6 ID4 5 ID3 2 ID2 1 ID1 28 ID0 27

GND 24 17 22 C737 0.1uF GND GND 25 C640 0.1uF C643 0.1uF C770 0.1uF GND GND VCC

(10/12-C2) (5/12-E6) (5/12-E6)

SCU1L IO_RDL IO_WRL VCC IA0 R973 10K R966 10K U630A 2 U621F 12 13 1

11 13 VCC 10 12

CS RD WR CMDT EXT0 EXT1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VCC CN606

D
EXT2

(1/12-C6) (1/12-C6)

TXINT RXINT

TP638 15 TP639 14 TP637 16 R1033 10K 18

TRNRDY

13

U631F

RCVRDY SYNC/BRK TRNEMP VCC

EXT3 EXT4 EXT5

12

(7/12-D1) (1/12-D6)

7.3728MHz RST

20 GND 21

CLOCK RST

VCC GND

26

8 5 U624C 6 C741 47P C742 47P C743 47P C745 47P C746 47P C747 47P GND

U631E

GND (7/12-C1) ENGCLK

11

U626 2 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 DIR B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 EG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 VCC 19 13 U624F 12 R1000 22 R1001 22 R1003 22 9 U624D 8 GND

10

3 4 5 6 7 8 VCC 9 1

11

U624E

10

10K R961

10K R962

10K R963

10K R960

10K R959

(10/12-F6)

SRA[14..0] SRA[14..0] SRA0 SRA1 SRA2 SRA3 SRA4 SRA5 SRA6 SRA7 SRA8 SRA9

10K R956

10K R958

10K R957

GND U628 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 CS OE WE 20 22 27 GND I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 SRD0 SRD1 SRD2 SRD3 SRD4 SRD5 SRD6 SRD7

SRD[7..0]

SRD[7..0]

(10/12-F6)

VCC

SRA10 SRA11 SRA12 C740 0.1uF C731 0.1uF C732 0.1uF C697 0.1uF C730 0.1uF SRA13 SRA14

GND

(10/12-B3) (10/12-B3)

RAMWRL RAMRDL

6-12

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


1
Image controller (10/12)

F
(9/12-E8) PIXCLK C618 4700p (11/12-F2) (2/12-F8)(5/12-F8)(11/12-F2) (9/12-B7) (9/12-B3) (1/12-D2) (7/12-B4) (1/12-D6) A[31..2] D[31..0] SRA[14..0] SRD[7..0] PCLK1 CENCK RSTL A31 A30 A29 A28 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A[31..2] D[31..0] SRA[14..0] SRD[7..0] 150 153 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 38 40 41 42 43 47 46 45 44 D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 235 236 237 238 239 240 242 244 245 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 256 257 260 262 263 264 265 266 268 269 270 271 272 274 275 48 49 7 5 50 75 176 177 181 180 179 178 189 190 191 192 193 SRA14 SRA13 SRA12 SRA11 SRA10 SRA9 SRA8 SRA7 SRA6 SRA5 SRA4 SRA3 SRA2 SRA1 SRA0 SRD7 SRD6 SRD5 SRD4 SRD3 SRD2 SRD1 SRD0 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 215 216 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 230 233 234 PCLK CCLK RSTL A31 A30 A29 A28 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 BE3L BE2L BE1L BE0L D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ADSL RDL WAITL DENL BLASTL READYL FROML FOEL FWE3L FWE2L FWE1L FWE0L BFROML BFOEL EEPROML EEPOEL EEPWEL SRA14 SRA13 SRA12 SRA11 SRA10 SRA9 SRA8 SRA7 SRA6 SRA5 SRA4 SRA3 SRA2 SRA1 SRA0 SRD7 SRD6 SRD5 SRD4 SRD3 SRD2 SRD1 SRD0 L602 VCC NFM61R00T101 GND GND PIX[7..0] PIX[7..0] VENB GMA[10..0] (9/12-E8) (12/12-F7) (12/12-F7) (9/12-F7)

PIX0 PIX1 PIX2 PIX3 PIX4 PIX5 PIX6 PIX7


GMD[31..0]

GMA[10..0] GMD[31..0]

6 21 36 51 65 66 79 80 95 110 111 125 140 141 154 159 169 183 184 199 213 214 228 229 243 258 259 273 287 288

3 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 67 PIXCLK PIX7 PIX6 PIX5 PIX4 PIX3 PIX2 PIX1 PIX0

VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC

VENB

SKY_SELL REFL MA10 MA9 MA8 MA7 MA6 MA5 MA4 MA3 MA2 MA1 MA0 MD31 MD30 MD29 MD28 MD27 MD26 MD25 MD24 MD23 MD22 MD21 MD20 MD19 MD18 MD17 MD16 MD15 MD14 MD13 MD12 MD11 MD10 MD9 MD8 MD7 MD6 MD5 MD4 MD3 MD2 MD1 MD0 RAS5L RAS4L RAS3L RAS2L RAS1L RAS0L CAS3AL CAS2AL CAS1AL CAS0AL CAS3BL CAS2BL CAS1BL CAS0BL DWEL CLL N620L SM2T1 SM2T0 SM1T1 SM1T0 IOSELL IORDL IOWRL SCU01L SCU0L SCU1L SCU2L PTCL PIAL DIPRDL RSVCS1L RSVCS2L RSVCS3L RSVCSL RSVOEL RSVWRL CEFL CFFL CRSTL CRDL CWRL CDWRL COEL CSTBH CBSYH CACKL AFXT INIT SELIN PE SELECT NFAULT ATP1 ATP0 RAMRDL RAMWRL

53 147 160 162 163 164 165 167 168 170 171 173 174 76 77 78 81 84 85 86 87 88 89 91 92 93 94 96 97 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 108 109 112 114 115 116 117 118 137 136 135 134 133 132 124 123 121 120 130 129 127 126 55 152 146 145 144 142 139 182 186 185 197 194 195 196 198 295 294 278 279 277 200 201 203 156 158 293 285 286 289 292 148 280 281 149 151 155 282 283 284 2 1 57 56

VCC REFL GMA10 GMA9 GMA8 GMA7 GMA6 GMA5 GMA4 GMA3 GMA2 GMA1 GMA0 GMD31 GMD30 GMD29 GMD28 GMD27 GMD26 GMD25 GMD24 GMD23 GMD22 GMD21 GMD20 GMD19 GMD18 GMD17 GMD16 GMD15 GMD14 GMD13 GMD12 GMD11 GMD10 GMD9 GMD8 GMD7 GMD6 GMD5 GMD4 GMD3 GMD2 GMD1 GMD0

(7/12-D4)

(11/12-A5) (11/12-A5) (11/12-A5) (11/12-A5)

RAS5L RAS4L RAS3L RAS2L RAS1L RAS0L CAS3AL CAS2AL CAS1AL CAS0AL CAS3BL CAS2BL CAS1BL CAS0BL DWEL SM2T1 SM2T0 SM1T1 SM1T0 IOSELL R919 100 R918 100 IORDL IOWRL TP629 SCU0L SCU1L SCU2L PTCL PIAL TP611 R920 100

(4/12-B8) (4/12-C8) (4/12-C8) (4/12-C8) (3/12-B8) (3/12-B8) (3/12-B8) (3/12-B8) (3/12-B8) (3/12-B8) (4/12-B8) (4/12-B8) (4/12-B8) (4/12-B8) (3/12-B8) (4/12-C2) (4/12-C2) (4/12-C5) (4/12-C5) (5/12-F8) (5/12-E8) (5/12-E8) SCU01L (5/12-D8) (9/12-D8) (7/12-E5)(7/12-F1) (7/12-B5) (8/12-E8) DIPRDL (8/12-C8) (7/12-B3)

BE3L BE2L BE1L BE0L

U617

(1/12-D2) (1/12-D2) (1/12-C2) (1/12-C2) (1/12-C2) (1/12-D6) (2/12-C8) (2/12-C8) (2/12-B8)

ADSL RDL WAITL DENL BLASTL READYL FROML FOEL FWE3L FWE2L FWE1L TP628 TP627

R917 100 R717 100 R699 R698 R716 100 100 100

CLL GND

(4/12-B2)

166

RSVCS1L RSVCS2L TP614

(2/12-C8) (2/12-B8) (2/12-B8) (5/12-B8) (5/12-B8) (5/12-B8)

FWE0L BFROML BFOEL EEPROML EEPOEL EEPWEL

RSVCS3L (2/12-B8) (2/12-B8) (2/12-B8)

BOOTCSL BOOTOEL BOOTWRL CEFL CFFL CRSTL CRDL CWRL TP613 TP612 CSTBH RAMRDL RAMWRL (9/12-A7) CBSYH (9/12-A7) CACKL

(6/12-E7) (6/12-E7) (6/12-E7) (6/12-E7) (6/12-E7) CDWRL COEL (6/12-D7) (6/12-D7) (6/12-D7) (6/12-C7) (6/12-C7) (6/12-C7) (6/12-D7) (6/12-C7) (6/12-C7) (8/12-D5) (8/12-D5)

VCC

SCLK TXD RXD RSINT RXINT TXINT

AFXT INIT SELIN PE TP606 TXINT RXINT RSINT TP607 (1/12-C6)(9/12-F2) RXD TXD SCLK

9 24 39 54 68 69 82 83 90 98 107 113 119 122 128 131 138 143 157 161

GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
C619 0.1uF C681 0.1uF C678 0.1uF C679 0.1uF C680 0.1uF C696 0.1uF GND

172 175 187 188 202 217 218 231 232 241 246 255 261 267 276 290 291 296

73 74 52 70 72 71

SELECT NFAULT ATP1 ATP0

TP608

GND VCC TP610 TP609 C686 0.1uF C687 0.1uF C685 0.1uF C684 0.1uF C683 0.1uF C682 0.1uF

GND

6-13

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7
(1/12-F1) CD[31..0] CD[31..0] VCC VCC

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


6 5 4 3
A[31..2] (2/12-F8) (5/12-B8) (10/12-F6)

1
Image controller (11/12)

(1/12-F1)

CA[31..2]

CA[31..2]

R916 10K

R915 10K

R914 10K

R913 10K

R912 10K

R911 10K

R910 10K

R909 10K

R637 10K

R636 10K

R635 10K

R634 10K

R633 10K

R632 10K

R631 10K

R630 10K

D[31..0] (2/12-F8) (5/12-F8) (10/12-F6)

CA31

R751 33

A31

CD31

R873 33

D31

CA30

R750 33

A30

CD30

R872 33

D30

CA29

R749 33

A29

CD29

R871 33

D29

CA28

R748 33

A28

CD28

R870 33

D28

CA27

R747 33

A27

CD27

R869 33

D27

CA26

R746 33

A26

CD26

R868 33

D26

CA25

R745 33

A25

CD25

R867 33

D25

CA24 VCC

R744 33

A24

CD24 VCC

R866 33

D24

E
R908 10K R907 10K R906 10K R905 10K R904 10K R903 10K R902 10K R901 10K R629 10K R628 10K R627 10K R626 10K R625 10K R624 10K R623 10K R622 10K CA23 R743 33 CA22 R742 33 CA21 R741 33 CA20 R740 33 CA19 R739 33 CA18 R738 33 CA17 R737 33 CA16 VCC R736 33 VCC A16 CD16 R858 33 A17 CD17 R859 33 D16 A18 CD18 R860 33 D17 A19 CD19 R861 33 D18 A20 CD20 R862 33 D19 A21 CD21 R863 33 D20 A22 CD22 R864 33 D21 A23 CD23 R865 33 D22 D23

R900 10K

R899 10K

R898 10K

R897 10K

R896 10K

R895 10K

R894 10K

R893 10K

R621 10K

R620 10K

R619 10K

R618 10K

R617 10K

R616 10K

R615 10K

R614 10K

CA15

R735 33

A15

CD15

R857 33

D15

CA14

R734 33

A14

CD14

R856 33

D14

CA13

R733 33

A13

CD13

R855 33

D13

CA12

R732 33

A12

CD12

R854 33

D12

CA11

R731 33

A11

CD11

R853 33

D11

CA10

R730 33

A10

CD10

R852 33

D10

CA9

R729 33

A9

CD9

R851 33

D9

CA8 VCC

R728 33

A8

CD8 VCC

R850 33

D8

R892 10K

R891 10K

R890 10K

R889 10K

R888 10K

R887 10K

R613 10K

R612 10K

R611 10K

R610 10K

R609 10K

R608 10K

R607 10K

R606 10K

CA7

R727 33

A7

CD7

R849 33

D7

CA6

R726 33

A6

CD6

R848 33

D6

CA5

R725 33

A5

CD5

R847 33

D5

CA4

R724 33

A4

CD4

R846 33

D4

CA3

R723 33

A3

CD3

R845 33

D3

CA2 VCC

R722 33

A2

CD2

R844 33

D2

CD1

R843 33

D1

CD0 R883 10K R884 10K R885 10K R886 10K

R842 33

D0

(1/12-D2)

CBE3L

R718 33 R719 33 R720 33 R721 33

BE3L

(10/12-E6)

(1/12-D2)

CBE2L

BE2L

(10/12-D6)

(1/12-D2)

CBE1L

BE1L

(2/12-F3)(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)

(1/12-D2)

CBE0L

BE0L

(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)

6-14

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3
MD[31..0] MD[31..0]

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


2
(3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)

1
Image controller (12/12)

(10/12-F2) (10/12-F2)

GMA[10..0] GMD[31..0]

GMA[10..0] GMD[31..0] VCC VCC

MA[10..0]

MA[10..0]

(3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)

F
R666 10K R667 10K R668 10K R669 10K R670 10K R671 10K R672 10K R673 10K R773 10K R774 10K R775 10K R776 10K R777 10K R778 10K R779 10K R780 10K GMD31 R639 22 GMD30 R640 22 GMD29 R641 22 GMD28 R642 22 GMD27 R643 22 GMD26 R644 22 GMD25 R645 22 GMD24 VCC R646 22 MD24 GMA3 VCC R764 22 MD25 GMA4 R763 22 MA3 MD26 GMA5 R762 22 MA4 MD27 GMA6 R761 22 MA5 MD28 GMA7 R760 22 MA6 MD29 GMA8 R759 22 MA7 MD30 GMA9 R758 22 MA8 MD31 GMA10 R757 22 MA9 MA10

R674 10K

R675 10K

R676 10K

R677 10K

R678 10K

R679 10K

R680 10K

R681 10K

R781 10K

R782 10K

R783 10K

GMD23

R647 22

MD23

GMA2

R765 22

MA2

GMD22

R648 22

MD22

GMA1

R766 22

MA1

GMD21

R649 22

MD21

GMA0

R767 22

MA0

GMD20

R650 22

MD20

GMD19

R651 22

MD19

GMD18

R652 22

MD18

D
VCC ID[7..0] ID[7..0] (5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)

GMD17

R653 22

MD17

GMD16 VCC

R654 22

MD16

R682 10K

R683 10K

R684 10K

R685 10K

R686 10K

R687 10K

R688 10K

R689 10K

R841 10K

R840 10K

R839 10K

R838 10K

R837 10K

R836 10K

R835 10K

R834 10K

GMD15

R655 22

MD15

645ID7

R833 33

ID7

GMD14

R656 22

MD14

645ID6

R832 33

ID6

GMD13

R657 22

MD13

645ID5

R831 33

ID5

GMD12

R658 22

MD12

645ID4

R830 33

ID4

GMD11

R659 22

MD11

645ID3

R829 33

ID3

GMD10

R660 22

MD10

645ID2

R828 33

ID2

GMD9

R661 22

MD9

645ID1

R827 33

ID1

GMD8 VCC

R662 22

MD8

645ID0 VCC

R826 33

ID0

R690 10K

R691 10K

R692 10K

R768 10K

R769 10K

R770 10K

R771 10K

R772 10K

R825 10K

R824 10K

R823 10K

IA[2..0]

IA[2..0]

(5/12-E4)(7/12-E1)(7/12-E7)(8/12-E8)(9/12-E8)

GMD7

R663 22

MD7

541IA2

R822 33

IA2

GMD6

R664 22

MD6

541IA1

R821 33

IA1

GMD5

R665 22

MD5

541IA0

R820 33

IA0

GMD4

R752 22

MD4

GMD3

R753 22

MD3

GMD2

R754 22

MD2

GMD1

R755 22

MD1

GMD0 (5/12-F5) (5/12-E4) 645ID[7..0] 541IA[2..0] 645ID[7..0] 541IA[2..0]

R756 22

MD0

6-15

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER 8
7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (1/17)

(4/17-C7) (4/17-C7) (10/17-D7) (10/17-C5) (10/17-C5) (10/17-E7) (4/17-D7) (4/17-D7) (2/17-D8) (2/17-F8)

CTS0_MC RTS0_MC DTR1_IC DSR1_IC PPCLK DMA_CONTN (3/17-D7) (17/17-E7)

VCC R405 10k RBN (5/17-F3) VCC DIPMD1 (4/17-B6)(10/17-F1) NF218

RXD1_IC TXD1_IC RXD0_MC TXD0_MC DOT_INTN MCNT_INTN VCC NF207 N F C306 0.1uF GND C331 0.1uF

FAN_CONT DOOR_VAL FANSTS HABA_VAL RANK THERM REGI DI

(12/17-C8) (12/17-E6) (12/17-D4) (11/17-F5) (11/17-C5) (11/17-B5) (11/17-A5) (11/17-C5)

VCC Y203 1 2 3 x1 x2 fs3 fs4 oe gnd vcc clkout 8 7 6

C378 0.1uF

E
GND

C332 10uF/50V A5V AGND

VCC U228 TC7S08FU 1 B

C329 0.1uF GND

R463 0

112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85

IRQ5N IRQ4N TXD1 RXD1 TXD0 RXD0 VSS PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3/TP3/TIOCB3 PB2/TP2/TIOCA3 VCC PB1/TP1/TIOCB2 PB0/TP0/TIOCA2 VSS PC7 PC6 PC5/AN5 PC4/AN4 AVSS AN3 AN2 AN1 AN0 AVREF AVCC

GND Y 4

GND KILLERN (2/17-F2) (3/17-F7) (4/17-D2) (17/17-E2) 47 R464 Y202 (16MHz)

DB[15..0] (2/17-C1) (3/17-E7) (5/17-C2)

(4/17-C7) (4/17-C7) DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 DB8 DB9 DB10 DB11 DB12 DB13 DB14 DB15 R342 R349 R341 R348 R340 R347 R339 R346 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47

Y_INT Y_ENB

R338 47 R345 47 R337 R344 R336 R343 R335 R334 47 47 47 47 47 47 ADR0 ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 ADR5

A6 A7 VSS A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 VSS A16 A17 VCC A18 A19 A20 A21 CS0N CASHN CS2N CASLN VSS CS4N RASN PA2/CS6N/TIOCB0 PA3/CS7N/WAITN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

IRQ6N IRQ7N VSS AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 VSS AD8 AD9 VCC AD10 AD11 AD12 AD13 AD14 AD15 VSS A0(HBSN) A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

U221
ADR19

VCC VCC MD2 MD1 MD0 RESN WDTOVFN VCC NMI VCC XTAL EXTAL VSS CK VCC DREQ1N DACK1N DREQ0N DACK0N PA11 TIOCA1 PA9 BREQN VSS BACKN RDN WRHN WRLN

84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57

C330 0.1uF

VCC

GND

R236 47k

D
C328 15pF GND

CPURSTN R350 47

(13/17-D6)

C327 15pF REDREQ1N DACK1N REDREQ0N DACK0N EC_INTREQ0 PM_CLK HLDT BREQN (17/17-F5) GND (2/17-F2) (17/17-F5) (2/17-F2) SYSTEM_CLK (4/17-F7) (2/17-A8) (6/17-B8)(17/17-F5) (2/17-F8) (2/17-F2) (2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7) (2/17-F2) (2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)

(2/17-F2) (3/17-F7) (4/17-D2) (17/17-E3)

R399 R401 R400 GND VCC VCC

33 33 33

BACKN RDN WRHN WRLN

VCC

VCC

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56

C307 0.1uF GND

C305 15PF GND

R398 R330 R403 R396 47k 47k 47k 47k C304 0.1uF

R397 33 TOTORO_CSN R329 33 EEPCSN R333 47 DRAM_RASN R402 33 (5/17-C8) (2/17-F2) (5/17-C8) (5/17-D7) (5/17-C8) TETRA_CSN R332 47 DRAM_CASLN R395 33 FROM_CSN R306 47 DRAM_CASHN (3/17-F7) (5/17-D2)

ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 ADR11 ADR12 ADR13 ADR14 ADR15

ADR16 ADR17

ADR18

(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)(5/17-F7)

ADR[19..0]

ADR6 ADR7

6-16

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
(5/17-B8) (5/17-A8) (1/17-E8) (4/17-E7) (17/17-E7)(17/17-F3) (1/17-C2) (7/17-C8) DRM_RASN DRM_CASN MCNT_INTN LPOUT1 DREQ[1..0]N BREQN HD_DT[3..0]

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

5
PAD4 PAD3 PAD5 PAD

4
1 1 RD209 10k

1
Engine controller (2/17)
DRM_WEN DACK[1..0]N BACKN KILLERN RDN WRHN TETRA_CSN WRLN SYSTEM_CLK (5/17-B8) (1/17-D2)(1/17-C2) (1/17-C2) (1/17-D2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2) (1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7) (1/17-C2) (1/17-B2) (1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7) (1/17-C1)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)

DREQ0N

DREQ1N

DACK1N DACK0N

C287 HD_DT3 C273 0.1uF

208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157

0.1uF PAD2 PAD1 PAD PAD VCC 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 RD207 10k

HD_DT2 HD_DT1 HD_DT0

(11/17-E2) (11/17-D2) (7/17-C8) (7/17-B8) (1/17-E8) (8/17-F8)

LPB LPA HD_LTCLK HD_CLK DOT_INTN SUBH[3..0] SUBH2 SUBH3 SUBH1 SUBH0

(13/17-E8) (13/17-E8) (13/17-E8)

CLK_DA LD_DA DATA_DA

DI_RNKSEL2 DI_RNKSEL1 DI_RNKSEL0 (12/17-B8) SOL_CONT

(8/17-C8)

DI_RNKSEL[2..0] (4/17-F7) EC_INTREQ1

(12/17-F6) (12/17-D6) (10/17-E1) (17/17-D8) (4/17-B4)

MEDIAS_VAL PURHP_VAL (14/17-E8) XEXT0 IPLOTH XTANK (9/17-E8) (9/17-E8) CRC_CK CRC_DATA PPOW_CONL

GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52

DRM_CS3 DRM_CS2 DRM_CS1 DRM_CS0 GND Vcc BREQN DMAREQ0 DMAREQ1 DMAREQ2 GND Vcc LPOUT1 LPOUT2 GND Vcc GND MCNT_INT PTRN_INT DRM_CASN DRM_RASN DRM_WEN GND PTRN_OUT Vcc GND GND Vcc DACK1 DACK0 TRST BACKN RESETN TCNTSL0 TCNTSL1 TCNTSL2 TCNTSL3 MPU_RDN GND Vcc MPU_HWRN MPU_CSN MPU_LWRN MPU_ASN TESTUDN TESTLDN CPU_CLK RAMTEST CLK TMS TCK

1
TDO TDI GND Vcc MPU_ADR0 MPU_ADR1 MPU_ADR2 MPU_ADR3 MPU_ADR4 MPU_ADR5 MPU_ADR6 GND Vcc MPU_ADR7 MPU_ADR8 MPU_ADR9 GND Vcc MPU_DB0 MPU_DB1 MPU_DB2 MPU_DB3 MPU_DB4 GND MPU_DB5 Vcc GND MPU_DB6 Vcc MPU_DB7 MPU_DB8 MPU_DB9 MPU_DB10 GND MPU_DB11 MPU_DB12 MPU_DB13 MPU_DB14 MPU_DB15 GND Vcc GND HSC_TRG0 HSC_TRG1 HSC_TRG2 HSC_TRG3 PGBN PGB PGAN PGA GND Vcc

HD_DT2 HD_DT1 HD_DT0 Vcc GND LPB LPA HD_LTCLK RS0 RS1 HD_CLK Vcc GND DOT_INTN Vcc GND HDSL2 HDSL1 HDSL0 SUBH4 SUBH3 SUBH2 SUBH1 Vcc SUBH0 GND Vcc PORT_A7 GND PORT_A6 PORT_A5 PORT_A4 PORT_A3 PORT_A2 PORT_A1 PORT_A0 Vcc GND PORT_B7 Vcc GND PORT_B6 PORT_B5 PORT_B4 PORT_B3 PORT_B2 PORT_B1 PORT_B0 Vcc GND PORT_C7 PORT_C6

ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 DB8 DB9 DB10 DB11 DB12 DB13 DB14 DB15

ADR[10..1]

(1/17-B7) (3/17-F7) (5/17-F7)

U212
HD_DT3

R265 R266 R268 R267

33 33 33 33

HSC_TRG0 HSC_TRG1 HSC_TRG2 HSC_TRG3

DB[15..0]

(1/17-D8) (3/17-E7) (5/17-C2)

NF206 C286 0.1uF

VCC N F

PORT_C5 PORT_C4 PORT_C3 PORT_C2 PORT_C1 PORT_C0 Vcc GND HD_SEL1 HD_SEL0 BUFENBN Vcc GND P28SUP P5SUPN HRESET Vcc GND PIXDT7 PIXDT6 PIXDT5 PIXDT4 PIXDT3 Vcc PIXDT2 GND Vcc PIXDT1 GND PIXDT0 PIXRDY SCK CCLK CBSY REGI1 REGI0 PGCLK Vcc GND Vcc GND PIXCLK N.C. PHSEN Vcc GND VENB PPRDY SBSY PCLK SCLK CRDIR

HSC_TRG[3..0] GND PGXB PGB PGXA PGA CRDIR OSBSY OPPRDY OVENB

(3/17-C7) (14/17-C8) (14/17-C8) (14/17-C8) (14/17-D8) (3/17-D7) (10/17-E7) (17/17-F5) (17/17-F3)

53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104

C284 0.1uF (12/17-E6) CRG_HPVAL (9/17-E8) (9/17-F8) (9/17-F8) (9/17-E5) (9/17-F8) (7/17-B8) (17/17-D8) (6/17-D8)(8/17-D8) (8/17-C8) (8/17-C8) (8/17-E8) (17/17-D2) (17/17-F6) (10/17-D5) (11/17-D1) (1/17-C2) OPIXCLK BUFENBN P28SUP P5SUPN HRESET IPIXDT[7..0] IPIXRDY ICBSY REGI0 PM_CLK CRCDET COMDIR COMLT COMDAT COMCLK HD_SEL[1..0]

HD_SEL1 HD_SEL0

IPIXDT7 IPIXDT6 IPIXDT5 IPIXDT4 IPIXDT3

IPIXDT2

IPIXDT1

IPIXDT0

6-17

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
(1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3) (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2) (1/17-B2) (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7) (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-D7) (1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(5/17-F7)

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

7
SYSTEM_CLK KILLERN TOTORO_CSN WRLN RDN ADR[9..0]

1
Engine controller (3/17)

PAD10

F
RD201

ADR0 ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4

ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9

10k 1 1

PAD9 PAD8

C228 0.1uF

136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103

GND

GND MAB0 MAB1 MAB2 MAB3 MAB4 GND MAB5 MAB6 MAB7 MAB8 MAB9 GND MRDN MWRN MCSN MASN GND VCC ADDSEL GND TRST TMS TCK GND RESETN GND TESETSEL2 TESTSEL1 TESTSEL0 GND CLK32 GND VCC

VCC NF202 N F 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69

(1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(5/17-C2)

DB[15..0] DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 RD205

C256 0.1uF

1 1

10k

PAD6 PAD7 (2/17-B1) (1/17-F3) CRDIR PPCLK HSC_TRG0 HSC_TRG1 HSC_TRG2 HSC_TRG3

(2/17-B1)

HSC_TRG[3..0]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

VCC GND MDB0 MDB1 MDB2 MDB3 GND VCC MDB4 MDB5 MDB6 MDB7 VCC TDI TDO VCC GND CLK2 GND RESOUTN GND CRDIRI IPPCLK GND HSYNCTRG0 HSYNCTRG1 HSYNCTRG2 HSYNCTRG3 TEST1 TEST0 VCC GND TSTOUT0 TSTOUT1

U204

GND BLKTYPE EDR EPRTDIR GND E0ECLK0 E0ECLK1 E0ECLK2 E0ECLK3 GND E1ELD3 E1ELD2 E1ELD1 E1ELD0 GND OHTP3 OHTP2 GND VCC OHTP1 OHTP0 GND EHTP3 EHTP2 GND EHTP1 EHTP0 GND HOLDTRG3 HOLDTRG2 HOLDTRG1 HOLDTRG0 GND VCC

OHTP[3..0] OHTP3 OHTP2 OHTP1 OHTP0 EHTP3 EHTP2 EHTP1 EHTP0 HOLDTRG3 HOLDTRG2 HOLDTRG1 HOLDTRG0

(6/17-F8)

D
EHTP[3..0] (6/17-E8)

GND

HOLDTRG[3..0]

(17/17-D7)

TSTOUT4 TSTOUT5 TSTOUT6 TSTOUT7 GND TSTOUT8 TSTOUT9 TSTOUT10 TSTOUT11 BLKNUM00 BLKNUM01 BLKNUM02 VCC GND BLKNUM03 GND BLKNUM10 BLKNUM11 BLKNUM12 BLKNUM13 GND BLKNUM20 BLKNUM21 BLKNUM22 BLKNUM23 GND BLKNUM30 BLKNUM31 BLKNUM32 BLKNUM33 GND

TSTOUT2 TSTOUT3

C211 0.1uF GND

BLKNUM10 BLKNUM11 BLKNUM12

GND

BLKNUM00 BLKNUM01 BLKNUM02

C229 0.1uF

BLKNUM20 BLKNUM21 BLKNUM22

BLKNUM30 BLKNUM31 BLKNUM32

35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

BLKNUM3[2..0] BLKNUM2[2..0] BLKNUM1[2..0] BLKNUM0[2..0]

(7/17-D8) (7/17-E8) (6/17-B8) (6/17-C8)

6-18

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5
VCC

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (4/17)

47k R235 (1/17-C2) (2/17-C7) EC_INTREQ0 R234 EC_INTREQ1 47 C221 1000pF GND A5V (2/17-F8) (15/17-D8)(15/17-F6) LPOUT1 MTP[7..1] INK1 INK0 (11/17-D5) (11/17-E5) D/A0 (15/17-E8) D/A1 (16/17-E8)

MTP1 MTP2 MTP3 MTP4 MTP5 MTP6 MTP7

C224 0.1uF 10uF/50V C225

AGND VCC

E
D204

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76

(16/17-D8)(16/17-F6)

MTP[15..9]

NF203 N F C250 0.1uF 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51

VCC R264 12k VCC R261 4.7k

VCC

VCC MTP9 MTP10 MTP11 MTP12 MTP13 MTP14 MTP15

C206 0.1uF

R205 R204 47K 47K

(1/17-E8) (1/17-E8)

RXD0_MC TXD0_MC

(1/17-F8) (1/17-F8) (1/17-D6) (1/17-D6) (12/17-E4) (11/17-C1)

CTS0_MC RTS0_MC Y_INT Y_ENB INKCONN HINKCONN HINK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

VCC TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 TP13 TP14 TP15 RES0N VSS TXD0(RXD0_MC) TXD1 RXD0(TXD0_MC) RXD1 P94/SCK0/IRQ4N P95/SCK1/IRQ5N P40 P41 P42 P43 VSS P44 P45 P46

TP5 TP4 TP3 TP2 TP1 TP0 VSS P84 P83/IRQ3N P82/IRQ2N P81/IRQ1N P80/IRQ0N AVSS DA1 DA0 P75 P74 P73 P72 P71 P70 VREF AVCC

TP7

U202
TP6

MD2 MD1 MD0 P66 P65 P64 P63 VCC XTAL EXTAL VSS NMI RESN STBYN CK_OUT P62 P61 P60 VSS P53 P52 P51 P50 P27 P26

D
SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E3) KILLERN (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E2)

GND

GND R437 12k

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

P47 P30 P31 P32 P33 P34 P35 P36 P37 VCC P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 VSS P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25

VCC

VCC

VCC

C219 0.1uF (12/17-E4) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (1/17-E3)(10/17-F1) TANK XEXT0 XEXT1 XEXT2 XEXT3 XEXT4 XEXT5 XTANK DIPMD1 SCL SDA (13/17-C1) (13/17-C1) GND

D209 J217 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C358 1.0uF/50V GND GND C359 0.1uF GND R446 12k

(2/17-C8)

6-19

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7) ADR[19..0]

Part 6: Circuit Diagram


7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (5/17)

VCC

ADR10 ADR11 ADR9 ADR8 ADR17 U219 ADR16 ADR15 ADR14 ADR13 ADR12 ADR11 ADR10 ADR9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 NC NC WEN RESETN NC NC RY/BYN NC A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A16 BYTEN VSS D15/A-1 D7 D14 D6 D13 D5 D12 D4 VCC D11 D3 D10 D2 D9 D1 D8 D0 OEN VSS CEN A0 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 GND ADR1 C303 0.1uF DB15 DB7 DB14 DB6 DB13 DB5 DB12 DB4 DB11 DB3 DB10 DB2 DB9 DB1 DB8 DB0 ADR12 ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4 ADR3 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0 (1/17-F3) RBN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GND DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 NF211 VCC N F U218 RBN A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 VSS VCC WEN NC A8 A9 A11 RDN A10 CSN DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 C302 0.1uF VCC NF213 N F

(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)

WRLN

DB0 DB1 DB2

ADR19 ADR18 ADR8 ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4 ADR3 ADR2

(1/17-B2)

EEPCSN

(1/17-B2) (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)

FROM_CSN RDN DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 DB0 VCC VCC VCC NF212 N U216 F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C301 11 0.1uF 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VCC D0 D1 D2 D3 VCC D4 D5 D6 D7 NC NC NC WEN RASN NC NC A0 A1 A2 A3 VCC VSS D15 D14 D13 D12 VSS D11 D10 D9 D8 NC NC LCASN UCASN OEN A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 GND R450 47 ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 DB15 DB14 DB13 DB12 DB11 DB10 DB9 DB8 DB[15..0] (1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(3/17-E7)

R331 47K

R307 47K

(1/17-B2) (1/17-B2) (1/17-B2) (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) (2/17-F2)

DRAM_CASHN DRAM_CASLN DRAM_RASN WRLN DRM_WEN C280VCC GND 0.1uF U214A ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4

1 2 VCC

1A 1B

(2/17-F8)

DRM_RASN

1Y

R452 47k

5 6

2A 2Y 2B U214B

4
GND 3

R451 47

R453 (2/17-F8) DRM_CASN 47

6-20

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5
VCC

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (6/17)

VCC C212 0.1uF

DA208A DA208B DA208C DA208D DA209A DA209B DA209C DA209D O_OHTP[3..0] (9/17-D8)

(3/17-D2)

OHTP[3..0] U205 OHTP0 OHTP1 OHTP2 OHTP3 EHTP0 EHTP1 EHTP2 EHTP3 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 G DIR B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

GND

6
O_OHTP0 O_OHTP1 O_OHTP2 O_OHTP3 O_EHTP0 O_EHTP1 O_EHTP2 O_EHTP3

(3/17-D2)

EHTP[3..0]

VCC

R246 R245 R244 R243 R242 R241 R221 R218 DA211A DA211B DA211C DA211D DA210A DA210B DA210C DA210D 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

3 C

O_EHTP[3..0]

GND (2/17-A8)(8/17-D8) BUFENBN

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND

(9/17-C8)

BENB0[2..0] (3/17-B2) BLKNUM0[2..0] BLKNUM00 BLKNUM01 BLKNUM02 BENB00 BENB01 BENB02

(9/17-C8)

BLKNUM10 BLKNUM11 BLKNUM12 HLDTRG

BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 (9/17-B8)

(3/17-B2)

BLKNUM1[2..0] BENB1[2..0] (9/17-C8)

B
(1/17-C2)(17/17-F5) HLDT

6-21

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (7/17)

BENB2[2..0] (3/17-B2) BLKNUM2[2..0] BLKNUM20 BLKNUM21 BLKNUM22 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22

(9/17-C8)

BLKNUM30 BLKNUM31 BLKNUM32

BENB30 BENB31 BENB32

(3/17-B2)

BLKNUM3[2..0] BENB3[2..0] (9/17-C8)

O_HD_DT[3..0] (2/17-F8) HD_DT[3..0] HD_DT0 HD_DT1 HD_DT2 HD_DT3 (2/17-E8) HD_LTCLK HD_SEL0 HD_SEL1 (2/17-E8) (2/17-A7) HD_CLK O_HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL1 O_HD_CLK (9/17-C4) O_HD_DT0 O_HD_DT1 O_HD_DT2 O_HD_DT3 O_HD_LTCLK

(9/17-C4)

C
(9/17-C4)

HD_SEL[1..0] O_HD_SEL[1..0] (9/17-C4)

6-22

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (8/17)

VCC C272 0.1uF U211 SUBH0 SUBH1 SUBH2 SUBH3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 19 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 G DIR VCC VCC DA214 1 GND GND R301 R375 R368 R366 R364 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 3 2 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 GND O_SUBH0 O_SUBH1 O_SUBH2 O_SUBH3 O_SUBH[3..0] (9/17-B4)

(2/17-D8)

SUBH[3..0]

(2/17-A8)

HRESET

O_HRESET

(9/17-C4)

(2/17-A8)(6/17-D8)

BUFENBN

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

(17/17-C7) DRSL0 DRSL1 (17/17-C7)

TRI_ENBN (2/17-A8) P5SUPN (2/17-A8) P28SUP DI_RNKSEL2 DI_RNKSEL1 DI_RNKSEL0 R281 R282 R283 47 47 47 O_DI_RNKSEL[2..0] 1000pF1000pF1000pF C254 C253 C252 GND (9/17-C4) H5VCNTN P26SUP

(9/17-B8)

C
(2/17-C8) (2/17-C8) (2/17-C8) O_DI_RNKSEL2 O_DI_RNKSEL1 O_DI_RNKSEL0 (9/17-C4) (9/17-C4)

6-23

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5
XCRCDET XCRCDAT XCRCCK (17/17-F3) (17/17-F3) (17/17-F3)

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (9/17)

(2/17-A7) (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7)

COMCLK COMLT COMDIR CRCDET CRC_DATA CRC_CK R310 47 R309 47 R308 47

COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR

(9/17-B8) (9/17-B8) (9/17-B8) U203 1 2 3 4 (9/17-B7) (9/17-B7) (9/17-B7) GND 8 7 6 5

VCC C226 0.1uF GND COM_DAT (9/17-B8)

(2/17-A7)

COMDAT

OCRCDET CRC_DAT CRC_CLK

R289 R286 R287 R288 47k 47k 47k 47k

C283 1000pF C281 1000pF C282 1000pF +26V

GND

C239 GND 33PF C231 33PF

C241 33PF C240 C242 33PF C233 33PF

C236 33PF C244 33PF C235 33PF

VCC C243 0.1uF GND C234 10uF/50V J208 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 C277 330PF C376 330pF C276 330PF GND AGND C269 C270 1000pF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 C296 330PF C292 C299 C314 C321 C317 AGND C318 33PF C323 33PF C325 33PF C339 33PF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 J207 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 C278 0.1uF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF C297 C293 C319 C315 C322 330PF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF C298 C294 C320 C316 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF C289 100uF/50V

33PF C232

(6/17-F2) (6/17-F2) (6/17-F2) (6/17-F2) (6/17-E2) (6/17-E2) (6/17-E2) (6/17-E2) (6/17-C2) (6/17-C2) (6/17-C2) (6/17-B2) (6/17-B2) (6/17-B2) (7/17-F2) (7/17-F2) (7/17-F2) (7/17-D2) (7/17-D2) (7/17-D2) (6/17-B3) (9/17-E5) (9/17-E3) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) (9/17-E5) (9/17-E5) (8/17-C1)

O_OHTP0 O_OHTP1 O_OHTP2 O_OHTP3 O_EHTP0 O_EHTP1 O_EHTP2 O_EHTP3 BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 HLDTRG OCRCDET COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN

C238 33PF 33PF 47 R219 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 R276 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 R277 R278 R299 R300 R270 R271 R298 R303 C246 33PF C237 33PF R220 R248 R249 R250 R251 R252 R253 R254 R247 R255 R256 R257 R258 R259 R260 R272 R273 R274 R275

C295 330PF (8/17-E4) (11/17-D4) (11/17-E4) (11/17-D4) (8/17-C1) (8/17-C1) (8/17-B5) (8/17-B5) (8/17-B5) (7/17-B2) (7/17-B2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-B2) (7/17-C2) (8/17-F1) (8/17-F1) (8/17-F1) (8/17-F1) (13/17-E2) (13/17-D2) (11/17-F8) (11/17-A8) (11/17-C8) (11/17-B8) (11/17-C8) O_HRESET LSA LSB REGISENS H5VCNTN P26SUP O_DI_RNKSEL0 O_DI_RNKSEL1 O_DI_RNKSEL2 O_HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL1 O_HD_DT0 O_HD_DT1 O_HD_DT2 O_HD_DT3 O_HD_CLK O_HD_LTCLK O_SUBH0 O_SUBH1 O_SUBH2 O_SUBH3 LED_CONT_R LED_CONT_L HABA_IN REGILOOK RANK_IN THERM_IN DI_IN 100 R319

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

R321 R323 R324 R325 R326 R327 R356 R357 R358 R359 R360 R361 R362 R363 R365 R367 R374

C261 33PF C247 C262

C267 33PF C263 33PF C268 330PF

C265 C264 1000pF 1000pF

A5V

C341 0.1uF

33PF 33PF C245 C260 C266 33PF 33PF 33PF

1000pF GND

6-24

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (10/17)

VCC

F
R280 10K

DIPMD1

(1/17-E3)(4/17-B6)

VCC SW201A

(1/17-F8) (2/17-B1)

100 R351 TXD1_IC 100 R318 OSBSY RTS (10/17-C2) TXD (10/17-C3) (10/17-C2)(10/17-C3) EXT[5..0]

GND XEXT[5..0] EXT0 EXT1 EXT2 1K R304 1K R305 1K R201 1K R262 1K R202 1K R263 XEXT0 XEXT1 XEXT2 XEXT3 XEXT4 XEXT5 (2/17-C8)(4/17-B6)

R227 10k

R226 10k

R225 10k

R224 10k

R223 10k

R222 10k

VCC VCC R352 47K (1/17-F8) DTR1_IC 2 U217 C309 EXT3 EXT4

0.1uF GND EXT5 4 DTR (10/17-C2)

3
GND

R313 (10/17-C3) CTS 100 ICBSY (2/17-A8) J209 (17/17-F5) (17/17-F5) VENB PIXCLK PIX0 PIX2 PIX4 R314 (10/17-C2) RXD 100 (10/17-D7) (10/17-C7) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) DSR1_IC 100 R315 10K R317 10K GND (1/17-F8) CTS DSR EXT0 EXT2 EXT4 RXD1_IC (1/17-F8) PIX6 (10/17-E5) TXD A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16

VCCC311 10uF/50V GND PIXRDY PIX1 PIX3 PIX5 PIX7 RXD RTS DTR EXT1 EXT3 EXT5 (10/17-C7) (10/17-E5) (10/17-D5) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) (17/17-D8)

(10/17-C3)

R311 DSR

GND PIX[7..0] (17/17-E8)

GND

GND

6-25

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8
A5V

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

7
4

1
Engine controller (11/17)

DA219A

(9/17-B4)

R354 HABA_VAL 1K DA220A C 5 1 C310 1000PF D206 (1/17-E3)

HABA_IN

A5V

4 C
DA206A VCC R217 VCC DA217B R328 4.7K R269 LPB 100 C258 1000PF (2/17-E8)

DA207A

100

C209 1000PF DA218B

(12/17-E3)

INK0_IN

INK0

(4/17-F3)

A5V

GND VCC VCC DA217A R302 4.7K R239 DA206B R216

(9/17-C4)

LSB

GND

4 C

4
C207 1000PF

(12/17-F3)

INK1_IN

DA207B

100

INK1

(4/17-F3)

(9/17-C4)

LSA

DA218A

100

LPA C257 1000PF

(2/17-E8)

VCC GND

VCC DA217C R240 4.7K GND

1 C

A5V

R238

(9/17-C4) R355

REGISENS

DA219C

100

REGI0 C285 1000PF

(2/17-A8)

DA218C 1K RANK C312 1000PF D207 (1/17-E3)

DA220C

(9/17-B4)

RANK_IN

4
GND

GND

C
DI R408 R407 R406 1.0kF 1K C333 1000PF (1/17-E3) D208 XHINK HINK (4/17-C7) 3.6kF A5V

(9/17-B4)

DI_IN

1 C
DA219D R376 (9/17-B4)

THERM_IN

DA220D

1K

THERM C324 1000PF

(1/17-E3)

B
A5V

4 C
DA219B R353 (9/17-B4)

REGILOOK

1K

REGI C308 1000PF D205

(1/17-E3)

DA220B

A
AGND

6-26

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3
VCC VCC VCC

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (12/17)

NF214 C203 0.1uF MEDIAS_VAL 100 C222 1000PF GND (2/17-C8) VCC VCC (11/17-D8) INK1_IN R207 4.7K R206 DA207C DOOR_VAL 100 C205 1000PF GND GND (4/17-C7) INKCONN R213 Q203 GND (1/17-F3) 2 4 C TANK 100 C204 1000PF GND Q204 220 (4/17-B6) VCC (11/17-E8) INK0_IN 100k R212 220 R211 4 3 2 1 100k R210 8 7 6 J213 11 R215 10 9

DA201 R214 4.7K (12/17-B2) MEDIA_IN

VCC

C 5

VCC

1
DA206C

DA205 (12/17-D3) DOOR_IN

R208 2.2k R209

VCC VCC

C 1

4
DA204A

R232 4.7K R233 CRG_HPVAL C223 1000PF GND VCC GND (2/17-B8)

(12/17-C5)

CRGHP_IN

2
DA203A 5 VCC C C 1

100

4 C
DA204B

R230 4.7K

VCC R231 VCC PURHP_VAL (2/17-C8) DA223 R435 4.7k R436 100 +26V J206 1 2 3 1 2 3 C357 0.1uF NF208 N F C371 100uF/50V GND FANSTS C342 1000PF GND J205 1 2 NF217 C227 VCC J204 1 2 1 2 R448 22k Q216 R449 22k (12/17-E8) CRGHP_IN 0.1uF 8 7 6 5 Q213 R445 4.7K VCC 1 GND Q215 (12/17-D8) PURHP_IN 4 3 2 J212 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 +26V GND VCC NF215 C201 3 0.1uF 2 1 J214 3 2 1 C213 0.1uF C214 100uF/50V 3 4 1 2 3 4 J210 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 A5V VCC C215 0.1uF C216 100uF/50V +26V (1/17-F3) 2 J211 1 1 2 DOOR_IN (12/17-E8)

(12/17-C5)

PURHP_IN

DA203B 6 1

100

C220 1000PF GND

GND

GND VCC

(1/17-F3)

FAN_CONT

(2/17-C7)

SOL_CONT Q205 R237 4.7K Q206 C208 0.1uF

NF201 N F C210 100uF/50V

(12/17-F8)

MEDIA_IN

GND

6-27

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (13/17)

VCC

A5V A5V

C334 0.1uF R409 47 R410 47 R411 47 (2/17-D8) (2/17-D8) (2/17-D8) LD_DA CLK_DA DATA_DA C336 1000pF C337 1000pF GND GND C335 1000pF GND GND AGND AGND U222 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DO LD CLK DI A01 A02 GND VCC VDD A06 A05 A04 A03 VSS 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R415 1M C313 0.1uF R416 2M

C338 A5V 0.1uF U223A 3 1 2 R412 2.2K

4 C 5
DA222A

DA221A

LED_CONT_R

(9/17-B4)

A5V VCC R404 2.2K R372 1M CPURSTN VCC (1/17-D3) R373 2M U223B 5 7 6 R369 2.2K A5V

4 C
DA222B

LED_CONT_L

(9/17-B4)

DA221B

U227 1 2 OUT MAN VCC GND 3 4 C351 0.1uF

AGND

VCC VCC GND R228 10k D201 U201 RP201 47 D203 C249 0.22F D202 8 C217 0.1uF 4 2 3 GND VDD VSS XIN XOUT SDA SCL 7 6 SDA SCL (4/17-B4) (4/17-B4) R229 10k VCC

Y201 32.768kHz

C248 10pF GND

6-28

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (14/17)

VCC

Q207 (2/17-C7) PPOW_CONL +26V

+26V VCC

C365 0.1uF

C366 100uF/50V

C326 0.1uF R440 GND 1K U220A 1 3 (2/17-C7) PGA 2 R441 1K U220B 4 6 (2/17-B1) PGXA 5 R442 1K U220C 9 8 (2/17-B1) PGB 10 R443 1K U220D 12 11 (2/17-B1) PGXB 13 Q212 C369 0.1uF C370 100uF/50V 11 12 Q211 10 7 8 9 Q210 6 3 4 5 Q209 2 1 U234 IN1 OUT1 ACOM1 OUT2 IN2 GND GND IN3 OUT3 ACOM2 OUT4 IN4 GND Q208

R439 Q214 4.7K

D
J202 GND 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GND

6-29

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (15/17)

VCC

NF210 N F C368 0.1uF 2 3 6 7

+26V

C349 0.1uF A5V C340 0.1uF GND (4/17-F3) D/A 0 R444 2M 3 2 U231A 1

C350 10uF/50V U233 1 Vcc2 Ain Bin A*in B*in A A* B B*

F
C367 100uF/50V J203 1 2 3 4 5 6

GND (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) MTP4 MTP5 MTP6 MTP7 R434 3.3k 13 14 15 16

PG 9 11 Vref1 Vref2 N.C. Td1 Td2

4 12 8 10

GND U230 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) MTP1 MTP2 MTP3 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

VCC C3540.1uF GND

C355 0.01uF 5 GND GND R433 C353 0.01uF 10 R432 GND

GND C356 220pF

SG

A5V U231B 5 7 6 R425 3.3k R431

30

D
47

R424

R430

10 R429 R423

62

75 30 R428 R422 91 47 U229 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND R419 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 VCC R427 C352 0.1uF R421 100 GND 62 R426 R420 100 75 GND

91 R418

100 R417

A
100

GND

6-30

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3
+26V N Vcc F NF209

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (16/17)

C344 0.1uF GND A5V 5 R438 2M GND U225 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) MTP9 MTP10 MTP11 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 VCC C343 0.1uF GND 6 U226B C347 0.1uF GND 7 (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) MTP12 MTP13 MTP14 MTP15 R394 3.3k

C345 10uF/50V U232 1 13 14 15 16 Vcc2 Ain Bin A*in B*in A A* B B* 2 3 6 7

C361 0.1uF

C360 100uF/50V J201 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(4/17-F3)

D/A 1

NC PG 9 11 Vref1 Vref2 N.C. Td1 Td2 4 12 8 10

C363 0.01uF

GND C362 220pF

5 GND R393 GND C364 0.01uF 10 GND

SG

R392

A5V R391 3 2 U226A 1 R385 3.3k

30

D
47

R384

R390

10 R389 R383

62

75 30 R388 R382 91 47 R387 VCC U224 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND R379 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 C346 0.1uF R381 100 GND 62 R386 R380 100 75 GND

91 R378

100 R377

A
100

GND

6-31

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Engine controller (17/17)

(2/17-A8)

IPIXRDY

A B

U235 2 1 (10/17-C3) (10/17-C3) (1/17-D2) (1/17-C2) (1/17-C2)(6/17-B8)

OPPRDY PIXCLK VENB REDREQ1N REDREQ0N HLDT

(2/17-B1) OVENB DREQ1N XCRCCK XCRCDAT XCRCDET SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-C1) (2/17-F2) (3/17-F7) (4/17-D2) C279 0.1uF GND (2/17-B1) (2/17-F8) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5)

F
VCC NF205 N

0.1uF

C372

C373 0.1uF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

VDD VSS VSS NC OSUBH4 FFF OSUBH1 VSS C168 IMFRD VDD COMDIR CK20M VSS IMFRS_HLDTRG BPWR_REDRQ0N BPRD_REDRQ1N L244E_REVENB AKOUT_REPXCK INT4L_REPXRY VENBTSR DREQ2N ASICMD1 ASICMD0 COMDT COMCK COMLT VSS PCLK1 CRCCK CRCDT CRCDET VSS VSS NC

144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109

E
108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

(10/17-B1)

PIX[7..0]

(2/17-F8) (1/17-F3) PIX7 PIX6 PIX5 PIX4 PIX3 PIX2 PIX1 PIX0

DREQ0N DMA_CONTN R297 R296 R295 R294 R293 R292 R291 R290 R285 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47

(10/17-C2) (2/17-A8)

PIXRDY OPIXCLK (3/17-C1) (3/17-C1) (3/17-C1) (3/17-C1) C271 1000pF GND HOLDTRG3 HOLDTRG2 HOLDTRG1 HOLDTRG0

(2/17-C8)

R284 IPLOTH 47

(8/17-D7) (8/17-D7)

DRSL1 DRSL0

NC NC VSS DCLK0 IODATA0 PT0_HSL00 BENB00 VSS DIRECT0 PT2_HSL02 PT3_HSL03 PT1_HSL01 LTCLK0 BENB01 IMBPCS_HENB0 IMFEN_MPX2 DCLK1 VDD IODATA1 PT4_HSL10 BENB10 DIRECT1 PT6_HSL12 PT7_HSL13 PT5_HSL11 LTCLK1 BENB11 VSS BENHENB1TSC0 DCLK2 IODATA2 RP0_HSL20 BENB20 VSS VDD NC

NC VDD VSS DQ0DQ0B32TS2 DMC_B31_TS1 BEB30_TSSEL0 FFF_B22_TD4 A31PX7B21TD3 A30PX6B20TD2 A29PX5B12TD1 A28PX4B11TD0 A27PX3B10TLD A26_PX2_B02 ADSL_PX1_B01 DENL_PX0_B00 BLT_PXRY_HLT RDL_PXCK_HCK VDD VSS HOLDTRG3_HD3 ATP1HTG2HD2 ATP0HTG1HD1 AKINHTG0HD0 BSYIPLOTHS1 DPXRDYH_HS0 BPINT_DRSEL2 BPINT_DRSEL1 BPINT_DRSEL0 DCLK4 IODATA4 DIRECT4 LTCLK4 DK0HENB4TSC3 VDD NC NC

U208

NC VSS VDD TRIN IMOAKRQ RESETN TLD TMODE SMODE BCLK ACLK SDO SDI FWRHENB3TSC2 BENB31 LTCLK3 RP7_HSL31 RP6_HSL33 VDD VSS RP5_HSL32 DIRECT3 BENB30 RP4_HSL30 IODATA3 DCLK3 BDRHENB2TSC1 BENB21 LTCLK2 RP3_HSL21 RP2_HSL23 RP1_HSL22 DIRECT2 VSS VDD NC

KILLERN

(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)

IPIXDT[7..0] R454 47 R455 47 IPIXDT7 IPIXDT6 IPIXDT5 R457 47 IPIXDT4

(2/17-A8)

R456 47

NC

R458 47 R460 47

R459 47

IPIXDT3 IPIXDT2 IPIXDT1

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72

C375 0.1uF

GND C374 0.1uF

R461 47

IPIXDT0

6-32

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER 8
7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (1/8)

F
D504 26V 26VA VH1

IC515 1 Vin 3 R503 1.2k,2W C549 0.1u ZD504 GND Vout 2 ADJ 4 D503 + C502 100u/50V Q506 R560 825F C548 0.1u R501 1.2k,2W R561 15kF

HGND (8/8-E2) H24VCNT

D506 VH2 VA L5V H5V IC516 1 Vin 3 GND Vout 2 ADJ 4 D505 C551 0.1u R568 825F JP504 JP503 + C503 100u/50V C550 0.1u R502 1.2k,2W JP502 R567 15kF (8/8-E2) H5VCNT Q507

HGND 26VGND

GND

AGND

L5V

R532 4.7k R531 4.7k J509 (8/8-E2) (8/8-E2) LSA LSB 4 3 2 1

LGND

6-33

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (2/8)

F
VH1 J503 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG VDD HG HENB0 BE01 EVEN0 (8/8-E7) LTCLK0 HS2A0 HS1A0 HS1B0 RANK0 DIA0 (6/8-C4) (5/8-E2)(6/8-E5) DIR0 BE00 ODD0 (8/8-E6) HS2B0 (3/8-E7) (3/8-E7) (3/8-E7) (3/8-F8) (3/8-F7) (3/8-F7) (3/8-F7) (3/8-F2) (3/8-F2) H5V J505 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG VDD HG HENB2 BE21 EVEN2 (8/8-E7) LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 RANK2 DIA2 (6/8-C4) (5/8-C2)(6/8-E5) DIR2 BE20 ODD2 (8/8-E6) HS2B2 (3/8-E3) (3/8-E3) (3/8-E3) (3/8-F4) (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) VH2 H5V

SUB VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK

SUB0

(5/8-F5)

SUB VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK

SUB2

(5/8-D5)

HRESET (8/8-E2) DIK0 (5/8-E2)

IDATA0 DCLK0

(3/8-E8) (3/8-E8)

DIK2

(8/8-E2) HRESET (5/8-C2)

IDATA2 DCLK2

(3/8-E4) (3/8-E4)

HGND LGND VH2 H5V J504 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG VDD HG HENB1 BE11 EVEN1 (8/8-E7) LTCLK1 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1 RANK1 DIA1 (6/8-C4) (5/8-D2)(6/8-E5) DIR1 BE10 ODD1 (8/8-E6) HS2B1 (3/8-B7) (3/8-C7) (3/8-C7) (3/8-D8) (3/8-C7) (3/8-C7) (3/8-C7) (3/8-D7) (3/8-D7) J506 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG VDD HG

HGND LGND VH2 H5V

HENB3 BE31 EVEN3 (8/8-E7) LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 RANK3 DIA3 (6/8-C4) (5/8-C2)(6/8-E5) DIR3 BE30 ODD3 (8/8-E6) HS2B3

(3/8-D3) (3/8-D3) (3/8-D4) (3/8-C3) (3/8-C3) (3/8-C3) (3/8-C3) (3/8-C3) (3/8-B3)

SUB VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK

SUB1

(5/8-E5)

SUB VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK

SUB3

(5/8-C5)

HRESET (8/8-E2) DIK1 (5/8-D2)

IDATA1 DCLK1

(3/8-C8) (3/8-B8)

DIK3

HRESET (8/8-E2) (5/8-B2)

IDATA3 DCLK3

(3/8-C4) (3/8-B4)

HGND LGND

HGND LGND

6-34

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (3/8)

F
R514 (2/8-E5) LTCLK0 33 C523 33p LGND (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) HS2A0 HS1A0 HS1B0 (2/8-F5) (2/8-F5) HENB0 BE01 HENB0 BE01 LTCLK0 HS2A0 HS1A0 HS1B0 (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) R511 (2/8-E1) LTCLK2 33 C520 33p LGND (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 (2/8-F1) (2/8-F1) HENB2 BE21 HENB2 BE21 LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-C3) (4/8-C3)

RA506G

RA506H 10 10

RA502G

RA503H

RA503B 10

RA504B 10

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

RA503G

RA507C

RA504C

RA507D

RA504D

RA504E

RA506B

RA507B

RA504F

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

R575 (2/8-D5) IDATA0 33 C552 33p LGND (2/8-D5) DCLK0 33 C522 33p LGND R513 (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) DIR0 BE00 HS2B0

R577 (2/8-D1) DIR0 BE00 HS2B0 IDATA0 DCLK0 (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) IDATA2 33 C554 33p LGND (2/8-D1) DCLK2 33 C519 33p LGND R510 (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) DIR2 BE20 HS2B2

10k

10k

LGND

RA503A

10
LGND

RA502H

RA506E

RA502E

RA506F

RA502F

RA506A

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

E
DIR2 BE20 HS2B2 IDATA2 DCLK2 (4/8-C3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3)

10k

R512 (2/8-C5) LTCLK1 33 C521 33p LGND

(2/8-D5) (2/8-D5) (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5)

HENB1 BE11 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1

HENB1 BE11 LTCLK1 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1

(4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3)

R509 (2/8-C1) LTCLK3 33 C518 33p LGND

(2/8-D1) (2/8-D1) (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1)

HENB3 BE31 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3

HENB3 BE31 LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3

(4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3)

RA504G 10 10

RA505C 10

RA503D 5 10

RA501C 5

RA505D

RA504H 10 10 10k

RA501D 5

RA505B 10

RA503F 10 10

RA501B 5 10

RA501A 5 10

RA501E

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

6 10k

RA505G

RA501G

RA505H

RA505E

RA503E

RA505F

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

R576 (2/8-B5) IDATA1 33 C553 33p LGND (2/8-B5) DCLK1 33 C524 33p LGND R515 (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) DIR1 BE10 HS2B1

10k

R578 (2/8-B1) DIR1 BE10 HS2B1 IDATA1 DCLK1 (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) IDATA3 33 C555 33p LGND (2/8-B1) DCLK3 33 C517 33p LGND R508 (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) DIR3 BE30 HS2B3

10k

10k

LGND

RA501H

RA501F

RA503C

RA502D

10

C
LGND

DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 IDATA3 DCLK3

(4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3)

6-35

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4
COM_DIR COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT CRC_CLK CRC_DAT CRC_DET TRI_ENBN

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

3
(8/8-C5) (8/8-D7) (8/8-C7) (8/8-C5) (8/8-C5) (8/8-C5) (8/8-D7) (8/8-C5) Y501 (10.245MHz) 1 2 C570 16p C571 16p 3 4 C513 0.1u 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

1
Carriage controller (4/8)

COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT

CRC_CLK CRC_DAT CRC_DET

SUBH4

COM_DIR

(5/8-D7)

XSUBH1

OSUBH1 OSUBH4

F
L5V IC517 x1 x2 fs3 fs4 oe gnd vcc clkout 8 7 6 5 L5V LGND R504 2.2k IC501 C506 0.01u NF503 NF

R505 L5V NF502 NF IC503 33 C507 330p

C508 0.1u LGND

(8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D4)

BENB32 BENB31 BENB30 BENB22 BENB21 BENB20 BENB12 BENB11 BENB10 BENB02 BENB01 BENB00 HLTCLK HDCLK HDAT3 HDAT2 HDAT1 HDAT0 HSEL1 HSEL0 SUBH1 DCLK4 IDATA4 DIR4 LTCLK4 HENB4

BENB32 BENB31 BENB30 BENB22 BENB21 BENB20 BENB12 BENB11 BENB10 BENB02 BENB01 BENB00 HLTCLK HDCLK HDAT3 HDAT2 HDAT1 HDAT0 HSEL1 HSEL0 SUBH1 DCLK4 IDATA4 DIR4 LTCLK4 HENB4

JP501

L5V NF501 NF C514 0.1u

NC NC VSS DCLK0 IODATA0 PT0_HSL00 BENB00 VSS DIRECT0 PT2_HSL02 PT3_HSL03 PT1_HSL01 LTCLK0 BENB01 IMBPCS_HENB0 IMFEN_MPX2 DCLK1 VDD IODATA1 PT4_HSL10 BENB10 DIRECT1 PT6_HSL12 PT7_HSL13 PT5_HSL11 LTCLK1 BENB11 VSS BENHENB1TSC0 DCLK2 IODATA2 RP0_HSL20 BENB20 VSS VDD NC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

NC VDD VSS DQ0DQ0B32TS2 DMC_B31_TS1 BEB30_TSSEL0 FFF_B22_TD4 A31PX7B21TD3 A30PX6B20TD2 A29PX5B12TD1 A28PX4B11TD0 A27PX3B10TLD A26_PX2_B02 ADSL_PX1_B01 DENL_PX0_B00 BLT_PXRY_HLT RDL_PXCK_HCK VDD VSS HOLDTRG3_HD3 ATP1HTG2HD2 ATP0HTG1HD1 AKINHTG0HD0 BSYIPLOTHS1 DPXRDYH_HS0 BPINT_DRSEL2 BPINT_DRSEL1 BPINT_DRSEL0 DCLK4 IODATA4 DIRECT4 LTCLK4 DK0HENB4TSC3 VDD NC NC

NC VDD VSS VSS NC OSUBH4 FFF OSUBH1 VSS C168 IMFRD VDD COMDIR CK20M VSS IMFRS_HLDTRG BPWR_REDRQ0N BPRD_REDRQ1N L244E_REVENB AKOUT_REPXCK INT4L_REPXRY VENBTSR DREQ2N ASICMD1 ASICMD0 COMDT COMCK COMLT VSS PCLK1 CRCCK CRCDT CRCDET VSS VSS NC

144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109
NC VSS VDD TRIN IMOAKRQ RESETN TLD TMODE SMODE BCLK ACLK SDO SDI FWRHENB3TSC2 BENB31 LTCLK3 RP7_HSL31 RP6_HSL33 VDD VSS RP5_HSL32 DIRECT3 BENB30 RP4_HSL30 IODATA3 DCLK3 BDRHENB2TSC1 BENB21 LTCLK2 RP3_HSL21 RP2_HSL23 RP1_HSL22 DIRECT2 VSS VDD NC

CLK

E
3 4 C505 0.01u

RESETN

1 2

OUT MAN

VCC GND

HENB3 BE31 LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 IDATA3 DCLK3 HENB2 BE21 LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 DIR2

HENB3 BE31 LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 IDATA3 DCLK3 HENB2 BE21 LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 DIR2

(3/8-D1) (3/8-D1) (3/8-D1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-B1) (3/8-B1) (3/8-B1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-E1)

LGND

TRI_ENBN

C
LGND

LGND C515

HENB1 DCLK2 IDATA2 HS2B2 BE20

DIR0 HS1B0 HS1A0 HS2A0 LTCLK0 BE01 HENB0

IDATA1 HS2B1 BE10 DIR1 HS1B1 HS1A1 HS2A1 LTCLK1 BE11

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72

DCLK0 IDATA0 HS2B0 BE00

DCLK1

0.1u BE20 HS2B2 IDATA2 DCLK2 HENB1 BE11 LTCLK1 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1 DIR1 BE10 HS2B1 IDATA1 DCLK1 (3/8-E1) (3/8-E1) (3/8-E1) (3/8-E1) (3/8-D5) (3/8-D5) (3/8-D5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-B5) (3/8-B5) (3/8-B5) LGND

(3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5)

DCLK0 IDATA0 HS2B0 BE00 DIR0 HS1B0 HS1A0 HS2A0 LTCLK0 BE01 HENB0

6-36

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (5/8)

F
H5V VA SUB0 SUB0 (2/8-E6) R541 22kF (8/8-D4) SUBH0 SUBH0 R553 470 R552 2.2k R540 2kF C532 R539 10kF HGND SUB1 SUB1 (2/8-B6) AGND 0.1u AGND AGND Q505 3 1 2 DIK0 DIA0 DIA0 DIK0 (2/8-E6)(6/8-E5) (2/8-D6) IC509A

(4/8-F8)

XSUBH1

XSUBH1

R533 470 R534 2.2k

Q503 5 6

IC509B 7 DIA1 DIK1 R537 10kF DIA1 DIK1 (2/8-C6)(6/8-E5) (2/8-B6)

HGND SUB2 SUB2 (2/8-E3) AGND

(8/8-D4)

SUBH2

SUBH2

R517 470 R516 2.2k

Q502 12 13

IC509D 14 DIA2 DIK2 R535 10kF DIA2 DIK2 (2/8-E3)(6/8-E5) (2/8-D3)

HGND SUB3 SUB3 (2/8-B3)

C
AGND IC509C 10 8 9 DIA3 DIK3 R536 10kF DIA3 DIK3 (2/8-C3)(6/8-E5) (2/8-B3)

(8/8-D4)

SUBH3

SUBH3

R506 470 R507 2.2k

Q501

HGND AGND DI_GND DI_GND

6-37

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (6/8)

F
26VA

L5V C527

C529 IC508A 2 AGND 3 1 R526 1.3kF VA

R529 33kF

0.1u 0.1u

IC508D 13 14 12 DISNS (8/8-C4)

IC506 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DIA2 DIA1 DIA0 DIA3 DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 DIA2 DIA1 DIA0 DIA3 (2/8-E3)(5/8-C2) (2/8-C6)(5/8-D2) (2/8-E6)(5/8-E2) (2/8-C3)(5/8-C2) AGND C528 680p

E
R525 13kF

(8/8-D7)

DIA4 HOLDTRG

DIA4 HOLDTRG

R524 2.2kF

AGND AGND

D
L5V L5V

R551 C525 R521 1.0kB R519 1.0kB R518 1.0kB R520 1.0kB IC508B 0.1u 6 7 5 IC505 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RANK2 RANK1 RANK0 RANK3 DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 RANK2 RANK1 RANK0 RANK3 (2/8-E3) (2/8-C6) (2/8-E6) (2/8-C3) AGND R550 3.6kF IC508C 9 8 10 RANK (8/8-C4) 15kF

C
C530 680p L5V R527 20kB R528 20kB

RANK4

RANK4

AGND

DRSEL[0..2] LGND

DRSEL[0..2]

(8)

(8/8-D3)

6-38

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (7/8)

F
26VA L5V IC513A 2 1 3 R569 33k J510 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LEDB LEDR REGOUT POUT THERM POUT THERM (8/8-C4) (8/8-C4) LEDB LEDR (7/8-C2) (7/8-C5) C531 R543 33kF R523 10k R585 51kF IC513B 6 7 14 13kF L5V R548 2.2M 26VA C535 0.47u,3216 R544 15kF AGND 12 5 0 R549 2.2k R547 2kF C533 D502 2 IC513C 9 8 10 26VA 3 IC511A 1 REGSEN (8/8-E2) VA L5V REGOUT (8/8-C4)

0.01u R545

R546 AGND

IC513D 13

0.1u

IC511B AGND C534 AGND 0.1u AGND AGND AGND 5 6 7

C539 0.1u R557 15kF R558 (8/8-D4) REGLEDR 3.3kF L5V C537 IC512A 2 1 3 ZD506 R573 LEDR 200,1/2W,5025 L5V (7/8-E7) (8/8-D4) REGLEDB 3.3kF R559 6

C538 0.1u R556 15kF IC512B ZD505 7 5 R572 LEDB 270,1/2W,5025 (7/8-E7)

0.1u 26VA AGND

6-39

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
8 7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Carriage controller (8/8)

5V J501 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ODD0 ODD1 ODD2 ODD3 EVEN0 EVEN1 EVEN2 EVEN3 BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 HOLDTRG MPX2 CRCD_DET COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN HOLDTRG CRC_DET COM_DAT COM_CLK (6/8-E7) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) C578 220p C579 220p C580 220p C581 220p C582 220p C583 220p EVEN0 EVEN1 EVEN2 EVEN3 (2/8-F6) (2/8-C6) (2/8-F3) (2/8-C3) J502 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24V 24VGND HRESET LSA LSB REGSEN REGHOLD H5VCNT R5VCNT H24VCNT DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 HSEL0_ HSEL1_ HDAT0_ HDAT1_ HDAT2_ HDAT3_ HDCLK_ HLTCLK_ SUBH0 SUBH1 SUBH2 SUBH3 REGLEDR REGLEDB POUT REGOUT RANK THERM DISNS

26V

ODD0 ODD1 ODD2 ODD3

(2/8-E6) (2/8-C6) (2/8-E3) (2/8-C3)

+ C504 100u/50V

C572 220p

C573 220p

C574 220p

C575 220p

C576 220p

GND C577 220p BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7)

HRESET LSA LSB REGSEN H5VCNT H24VCNT DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 (6/8-B4) (6/8-B4) (6/8-B4) R580 HSEL0 33 R566 33 R564 SUBH0 SUBH1 SUBH2 SUBH3 REGLEDR REGLEDB POUT REGOUT RANK THERM DISNS (5/8-E7) (4/8-D7) (5/8-D7) (5/8-C7) (7/8-C8) (7/8-C4) (7/8-E7) (7/8-F6) (6/8-C1) (7/8-E7) (6/8-E2) 5V 33 R562 33 R581 HSEL1 33 HDAT0 R565 HDAT1 33 HDAT2 R563 HDAT3 33 HDCLK R582 HLTCLK 33 C556 220p C544 GND 220p C542 C557 220p C543 220p C541 220p C558 220p

(2/8-B3)(2/8-B6)(2/8-D3)(2/8-D6) (1/8-B7) 26VGND (1/8-B7) (7/8-E2) (1/8-D3) (1/8-D7)

(4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7)

GND

COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN

(4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3)

C584 82p

C585 220p

C586 220p

C587 220p

C588 220p

C589 220p

C590 220p

C591 220p

R584 10k

5V L5V

220p R530 10kF C540 220p

GND GND

GND 5V L501

LGND L5V

B
+ C501 100u/16V

GND LGND

6-40

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
E. PAPER SENSOR 8
7 6 5 4 3 2

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Paper sensor

+26V LED2 LEDB LEDR +26V REGOUT +5V POUT THERM GND J510 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LED1

C2 100p R1 1.1M PD1 IC1B 6 +5V 5 7 R2 22k R3 680

C1 0.1u

C
PT1 TH1 IC1A 2 1 3 GND

6-41

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
F. OPERATIN PANEL CONTROLLER
8
CN701 NC. NC. PKEY0 PKEY1 PKEY2 PKEY3 PKEY4 PKEY5 BUZZER RSV1 VSS PLED0 PLED1 PLED2 PLED3 PLED4 PLED5 PLED6 PLED7 PLED8 PLED9 RSV2 NC. NC. 24 23 22 21 20 VCC 19 18 FG701 17 D701 D701 D704 VCC U701 JP701 D705 VCC

Part 6: Circuit Diagram

1
Operation panel controller

16

C704

0.1uF

15 14

0.1uF

R727 6.8K

R728 6.8K

R729 6.8K

R701 1K

R702 1K

R703 1K

DIODE SW701

DIODE SW702

4
DIODE SW703

C701 22uF

0 GND

DIODE GND

13 12

GND

GND D702 D702 D704

11 DIODE SW704 DIODE SW705 DIODE SW706 CN704 9 GND 8 7 D703 D703 D705 1 2 2 1

10

6 DIODE SW707 DIODE SW708 DIODE SW709

GND

5 4 3 2 1

CN702 NC. RSV3 VSS PDAT0 PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3 VSS PDAT4 PDAT5 PDAT6 PDAT7 VSS LCDE VEE RS VSS R/W VSS CPURSTL PVCC NC. 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 VCC 6 5 4 3 2 1 C703 0.1uF 3 4 5 6 PDAT0 GND PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3 PDAT4 PDAT5 PDAT6 PDAT7 VCC SW710 R704 4.7K R719 6.8K R720 6.8K R721 6.8K R722 6.8K R723 6.8K R724 6.8K R725 6.8K R726 6.8K C706 0.01uF 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 R730 4.7K R731 4.7K CN703 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LCD701 GND VCC GND VCC Q701 Q702 Q703 Q704 Q705 Q706 Q707 Q708 Q709 Q710 PDAT4 LED701 LED702 LED703 LED704 LED705 LED706 LED707 LED708 LED709 LED710 PDAT0 PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3

D
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R713 330 R714 330

PDAT5 PDAT6 R705 330 R706 330 R707 330 R708 330 R709 330 R710 330 R711 330 R712 330

C702

PDAT7

C
LED711

RS R/W LCDE PDAT0 PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3 PDAT4 PDAT5 PDAT6 PDAT7 GND Q711 L C D R718 330

VEE

GND GND

GND

VCC R715 1K 6 4 5 2

R716 10K U701C U701B 3 1 8 U701A 9 10

R717 130K U701D 12 13 11

C705 BUZ701 1000pF + 1 C V 2 VCC

6-42

APPENDIX

MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1

BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050
MENU GUIDE

APPENDIX

Menu Guide
Normal Menu
Main menu Print Operation Abort Print Buffer Clear Replot Force Print Head Cleaning All Black New Tank Force Cutting Yes No Adjustment Auto Adjust Auto Band-Adj. Print Mode Print Quality *1 Width 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 31 *1 Color 0 255 *1 Join 1 2 3 9 Pen Table 2 *1 1 Pen Table 3 99 Auto Cut Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut Drying Time Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 60 minutes *1 (*Same as Pen Table 1) Reset Table Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 All Pen Table Nesting Timer 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes Width 80mm 627mm (914mm) (*Same as Pen Table 1) Pen Table 1 Scale Pen 0 15 100% 999% 1% 99% Auto Rotation 0 90 180 270 Auto Y-Mirror Off On Layout Size ISO-A ISO-B JIS-B User User Size Length 80mm 18000mm *2 System Setup Language English(mm) English(inch) Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska Auto Adjust Mode On Off Feed Priority Print Length Band Joint Reset Defaults Yes No Information I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error System Setup Language English(mm) English(inch) Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska Auto Adjust Mode On Off Feed Priority Print Length Band Joint Information I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error

Service Mode Menu


A
Emulation Auto Sense HP-GL HP-GL/2+RTL HP RTL

B
Line Type Line Intersect Overlay Merge Line Shading Pen Setup Select Table Software Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 Modify Table Plot Layout Auto Layout Off Nesting Media Save Best *2 On Off

C
Interface Setup RS-232C Baud Rate 2400bps 38400bps Data Bit-Parity 7none 7even 7odd 8none 8even 8odd Handshake Hardware Xon/Xoff EOP Timer 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes

Printing Menu
Main Menu Print Operation Abort Print Buffer Clear Head Cleaning All Black New Tank Force Cutting Yes No Auto Cut Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut Drying Time Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 60 minutes Interface Setup EOP Timer 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes

*3

SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY

PRINT INF Yes No


SYSTEM TYPE: Ax TMP: 000.0C H-TMP K1:000.0C H-TMP K2:000.0C H-TMP C: 000.0C H-TMP M: 000.0C H-TMP Y: 000.0C P-SIZE X:0000.00 P-SIZE Y:0000.00
WARNING 01: 20: ERROR 01: 20: ADJUST PRINT PATTERN Scale Test Print X-SCALE -32 0 32 FUNCTION PANEL LED/LCD PANEL KEY COUNTER W-INK: 000000 *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand) T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage driving time Exxxxx Exxxxx Wxxxxx Wxxxxx

Normal Enhanced Hi-Resolution Draft Color/Mono Color Mono Media setup Roll/Cut Sheet Roll Media Cut Sheet Media Type

Plain Paper Coated Paper Tracing Pape Film *1 Margin r Normal Large Copy

INITIALIZE W-INK: 000000 *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand) T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage driving time I/C EEPROM E/C EEPROM

SERVICE MODE
Internal Print Demonstration Menu Map Color Palette Setup List Nozzle Check Dump Mode

*3

: Indicates the main menu or menu (Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.) (The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.) *1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for them are taken priority to the operation panel setting when printing through the driver . *2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotter driver and operation panel for them reflect on printing. *3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started in
the service mode.

xxx xxx xxx

: Indicates set value. *Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value. *Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection. *(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media mode.)

A-1

This document is printed on 100% recycled paper.

PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CANON INC.

Вам также может понравиться